WO2023160349A1 - Display method and related apparatus - Google Patents

Display method and related apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023160349A1
WO2023160349A1 PCT/CN2023/074261 CN2023074261W WO2023160349A1 WO 2023160349 A1 WO2023160349 A1 WO 2023160349A1 CN 2023074261 W CN2023074261 W CN 2023074261W WO 2023160349 A1 WO2023160349 A1 WO 2023160349A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
screen
page
electronic device
area
state
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/074261
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
魏康明
叶晓贞
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2023160349A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023160349A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • G06F3/1423Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display
    • G06F3/1431Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units controlling a plurality of local displays, e.g. CRT and flat panel display using a single graphics controller
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/048Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI]
    • G06F3/0487Interaction techniques based on graphical user interfaces [GUI] using specific features provided by the input device, e.g. functions controlled by the rotation of a mouse with dual sensing arrangements, or of the nature of the input device, e.g. tap gestures based on pressure sensed by a digitiser
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/14Digital output to display device ; Cooperation and interconnection of the display device with other functional units
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/445Program loading or initiating
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F9/00Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
    • G06F9/06Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
    • G06F9/44Arrangements for executing specific programs
    • G06F9/451Execution arrangements for user interfaces

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of terminals, and in particular to a display method and related devices.
  • the present application provides a display method and a related device.
  • the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the second area. area one and area two.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device is in the first state, the first page and the first content are displayed in the first area.
  • the electronic device may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, display the first page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area.
  • the user does not need to manually unfold the scrolling screen, and the electronic device can automatically unfold the scrolling screen based on the user's input, and display corresponding content in each display area of the unfolded scrolling screen.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device including a scroll screen, including: when the scroll screen is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state , the visible display area of the scroll screen includes a first area and a second area, and the visible display area of the scroll screen in the second state is larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the first state; the method includes:
  • the electronic device When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page and a first window in the first area, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
  • the electronic device When the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area, and the second page is the interface corresponding to the first window; or, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area. There are two pages and the first page is displayed in the second area, and the second page is the interface of the second application.
  • the electronic device can automatically switch the scroll screen from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state or the fully-expanded state without the need for the user to unfold the scroll screen, and can be in the half-expanded state or the fully-expanded state.
  • the first page and the second page are simultaneously displayed on the scroll screen in the unfolded state.
  • the method before switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, the method further includes: the electronic device displays first prompt information, and the first prompt information is used to prompt the user whether to switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state. A state is switched to a second state. In this way, the user may be prompted that the scroll screen will switch from the first state to the second state.
  • switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: the electronic device receives a confirmation control After the second input, in response to the second input, the display of the first prompt information is cancelled, and the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state.
  • the electronic device can confirm whether to unfold the scrolling screen based on the user input, so as to avoid the situation of accidentally touching to unfold the scrolling screen.
  • switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: canceling the display of the first prompt information after the electronic device displays the first prompt information for a first duration, and turning the scroll The screen switches from the first state to the second state. In this way, the user can unfold the scrolling screen without clicking the confirmation button.
  • the electronic device displays the first prompt information it may also display a cancel expansion control, which can be used to trigger the electronic device to cancel displaying the first prompt information and keep the scrolling screen in the first state.
  • the first application is the same as the second application; or, the first application is different from the second application.
  • the electronic device can simultaneously display two pages of the same application or two pages of different applications in the scrolling screen in the second state.
  • the second state includes a half-expanded state or a fully-expanded state, wherein the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the fully-expanded state is larger than the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the half-expanded state, and the half-expanded state
  • the visible display area of the scroll screen in the state is larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the first state.
  • the first state is the initial state of the scroll screen, and the scroll screen in the first state only displays one page
  • the second state includes two states, wherein the fully unfolded state is the final state of the scroll screen , the scroll screen in the fully expanded state displays 2 pages, the half-expanded state is an intermediate state between the first state and the fully expanded state, and the scroll screen in the half-expanded state displays 1 page and a part of another page, Or, another minified page.
  • the electronic device can flexibly display the application interface.
  • the method when the electronic device is in a half-expanded state; the method further includes:
  • the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and displays the portion of the first page in the second area;
  • the electronic device displays a first page in a first area and a portion of a second page in a second area; or,
  • the electronic device displays the second page in the first area, and displays the first page shrunk in the scrolling screen expansion direction in the second area; or,
  • the electronic device displays the first page in the first area, and displays the second page shrunk in the direction in which the scrolling screen unfolds in the second area.
  • the first input is an input of dragging the first content in a first direction or a second direction
  • the first direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is unfolded
  • the second direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is retracted.
  • the first area is always displayed on the side of the visible display area in the second direction; if the first input is an input to drag the first window in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, The electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area; or, if the first input is an input for dragging the first window to the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device The second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
  • the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
  • the first input is a drag input for the first window; receiving the first input for the first window by the electronic device specifically includes: receiving the drag input for the first window by the electronic device During the process, the hot zone for expansion is displayed; the electronic device detects that the first window is dragged into the hot zone for expansion; the hot zone for expansion displays the function introduction information of the hot zone for expansion. In this way, it is possible to prevent the user from accidentally touching the first window and unfolding the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device receives a drag input for the first window, the electronic device replaces the first window with the specified icon. In this way, it is convenient for the user to drag the specified icon to the vicinity of the expansion hot zone.
  • the method further includes:
  • the electronic device In response to the first input, the electronic device displays a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control;
  • the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, in the first area Display the first page, and display the second page in the second area;
  • the electronic device after the electronic device receives the fourth input for the second scroll expansion control, in response to the fourth input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, at the One area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page.
  • the electronic device can receive the user's input for different scroll expansion controls, and determine the display areas of the first page and the second page.
  • the first window includes a scroll expansion control; the first input is an input for the scroll expansion control.
  • the first window includes a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control; after the electronic device receives the first input for the first window, it switches the scroll screen from the first state to the second scroll screen. status, including:
  • the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, in the first The first page is displayed in the area, and the second page is displayed in the second area;
  • the scrolling screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the The first area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page.
  • the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area, or the electronic device displays After the region displays the second page and after the second region displays the first page, the method further includes:
  • the electronic device After the electronic device receives the fifth input that the user opens the third page, in response to the fifth input, the electronic device displays the first page, the second page and the third page in split screens on the visible display area of the scrolling screen. In this way, the electronic device can simultaneously display three pages on the fully unfolded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area, or the electronic device displays After the region displays the second page and after the second region displays the first page, the method further includes:
  • the electronic device receives a sixth input
  • the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, the first page or the second page is displayed. In this way, the electronic device can automatically retract the scroll screen without the need for the user to manually retract the scroll screen.
  • the electronic device divides the visible display area into the first area and the second area through the separation line, and the sixth input is an input for the separation line.
  • the first area is always displayed on the second direction side of the visible display area; when the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the first window is displayed in the second area
  • the sixth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area; or,
  • the electronic device When the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first window is displayed in the second area.
  • the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
  • the electronic device When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the sixth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
  • the electronic device When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the sixth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the first page in the first area. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether to keep displaying the first page or the second page based on the user's input.
  • the electronic device when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device further displays a scroll retract control, and the sixth input is an input for the scroll retract control. In this way, the user can switch the scrolling screen from the second state to the first state by retracting the scrolling control.
  • the scroll retracting control includes a first scroll retracting sub-control and a second scroll retracting sub-control; the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, Display the first or second page, including:
  • the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the first page when the scroll screen is in the first state;
  • the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the second page when the scroll screen is in the first state. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether the scroll screen in the first state displays the first page or the second page based on the user's input for different scroll retraction sub-controls.
  • displaying the first page and the first window in the first area specifically includes: the electronic device receives the first notification message; the electronic device displays the first notification message; A window, the first window includes part of the content of the first notification message.
  • the first notification message may be a notification message of the second application, and the second application may be the same as or different from the first application.
  • the first notification message may be a message sent by a user or a message sent by another contact.
  • the first window displays video images.
  • the electronic device displays a first page, and the first page includes a video playback window and a picture-in-picture playback control; when the electronic device receives an input for the picture-in-picture playback control, it displays the first page on the first page.
  • One window, the first window includes the video picture of the video playing window.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device including a scroll screen, including: when the scroll screen is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state , the visible display area of the scrolling screen includes a first area and a second area; the method includes:
  • the electronic device When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page in the first area, where the first page includes a first link or a first icon;
  • the electronic device When the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon in the second area, or the electronic device displays the second page in the first area And display the first page in the second area.
  • the electronic device can automatically switch the scroll screen from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state or fully expanded state without the need for the user to unfold the scroll screen, and can The first page and the second page are simultaneously displayed on the scroll screen in the half-expanded state or the fully-expanded state.
  • the method before switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, the method further includes: the electronic device displays first prompt information, and the first prompt information is used to prompt the user whether to switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state. A state is switched to a second state. In this way, the user may be prompted that the scroll screen will switch from the first state to the second state.
  • switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: the electronic device receives a confirmation control After the second input, in response to the second input, the display of the first prompt information is cancelled, and the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state.
  • the electronic device can confirm whether to unfold the scrolling screen based on the user input, so as to avoid the situation of accidentally touching to unfold the scrolling screen.
  • switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: canceling the display of the first prompt information after the electronic device displays the first prompt information for a first duration, and turning the scroll The screen switches from the first state to the second state. In this way, the user can unfold the scrolling screen without clicking the confirmation button.
  • the electronic device displays the first prompt information it may also display a cancel expansion control, which can be used to trigger the electronic device to cancel displaying the first prompt information and keep the scrolling screen in the first state.
  • the first page is an interface of the first application
  • the second page is an interface of the second application.
  • the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application. In this way, the electronic device can simultaneously display two pages of the same application or two pages of different applications in the scrolling screen in the second state.
  • the second state includes a half-expanded state or a fully-expanded state, wherein the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the fully-expanded state is larger than the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the half-expanded state, and the half-expanded state
  • the visible display area of the scroll screen in the state is larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the first state.
  • the first state is the initial state of the scroll screen, and the scroll screen in the first state only displays one page
  • the second state includes two states, wherein the fully unfolded state is the final state of the scroll screen , the scroll screen in the fully expanded state displays 2 pages, the half-expanded state is an intermediate state between the first state and the fully expanded state, and the scroll screen in the half-expanded state displays 1 page and a part of another page, Or, another minified page.
  • the electronic device can flexibly display the application interface.
  • the method further includes: the electronic device displays a second page in the first area, and displays a part of the first page in the second area; or, the electronic device displays the second page in the second area; The first area displays the first page, and displays a part of the second page in the second area; or, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area, and displays the first page shrunk in the scroll screen expansion direction in the second area ; Or, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area, and displays the second page in the second area that shrinks in the direction in which the scrolling screen unfolds.
  • the seventh input is an input of dragging the first content in a first direction or a second direction
  • the first direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is unfolded
  • the second direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is retracted.
  • the first area is always displayed on the second direction side of the visible display area; if the seventh input The input is the input of dragging the first link or the first icon in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area; or, if The seventh input is an input of dragging the first link or the first icon in the second direction.
  • the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
  • the electronic device when the first area is always displayed on the side of the visible display area in the first direction, if the first input is an input to drag the first window in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device Displaying the second page in one area and displaying the first page in the second area; or, if the first input is an input for dragging the first window in the second direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device is in the first area Display the first page and display the second page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
  • the seventh input is a drag input for the first link or the first icon; receiving the seventh input for the first link or the first icon by the electronic device specifically includes: the electronic device receives During the input process of dragging the first link or the first icon, the expansion hot zone is displayed; the electronic device detects that the first link or the first icon is dragged into the expansion hot zone; the function introduction of the expansion hot zone is displayed in the expansion hot zone information. In this way, the user can be prevented from accidentally touching the first link or the first icon to unfold the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device when the electronic device receives a drag input for the first link or the first icon, the electronic device replaces the first link or the first icon with a specified icon. In this way, it is convenient for the user to drag the specified icon to the vicinity of the expansion hot zone.
  • the method further includes: in response to the seventh input, the electronic device displays the first scroll expansion control and the second scroll expansion control. control;
  • Switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: after the electronic device receives a third input for the first scroll unfolding control, switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state in response to the third input state, and when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area, and the second page is displayed in the second area;
  • the electronic device after the electronic device receives the fourth input for the second scroll expansion control, in response to the fourth input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, at the One area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page.
  • the electronic device can receive the user's input for different scroll expansion controls, and determine the display areas of the first page and the second page.
  • the first link or the first icon includes a scroll expansion control; the seventh input is an input for the scroll expansion control.
  • the first link or the first icon includes a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control; after the electronic device receives the seventh input for the first link or the first icon, the scroll screen Switching from the first state to the second state specifically includes:
  • the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, the first The first page is displayed in the area, and the second page is displayed in the second area;
  • the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, the The first area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page.
  • the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon in the second area, or the electronic device After the device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area, the method further includes:
  • the electronic device After the electronic device receives the user's input of opening the third page, in response to the input of opening the third page, the electronic device displays the first page, the second page and the third page in split screens on the visible display area of the scrolling screen. In this way, the electronic device can simultaneously display three pages on the fully unfolded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon in the second area, or the electronic device After the device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area, the method further includes:
  • the electronic device receives a tenth input
  • the scroll screen In response to the tenth input, the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, the first page or the second page is displayed. In this way, the electronic device can automatically retract the scroll screen without the need for the user to manually retract the scroll screen.
  • the electronic device divides the visible display area into the first area and the second area through the separation line, and the tenth input is an input for the separation line.
  • the first area is always displayed on the second direction side of the visible display area; when the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the first link is displayed in the second area or the second page corresponding to the first icon, if the tenth input is an input of dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area; or,
  • the electronic device When the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon is displayed in the second area, if the tenth input is to drag the dividing line in the second direction input, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
  • the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area. If the tenth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
  • the electronic device When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the tenth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the first page in the first area. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether to keep displaying the first page or the second page based on the user's input.
  • the electronic device when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device further displays a scroll retraction control, and the tenth input is an input for the scroll retraction control. In this way, the user can switch the scrolling screen from the second state to the first state by retracting the scrolling control.
  • the scroll retracting control includes a first scroll retracting sub-control and a second scroll retracting sub-control; the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, Display the first or second page, including:
  • the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the first page when the scroll screen is in the first state;
  • the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the second page when the scroll screen is in the first state. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether the scroll screen in the first state displays the first page or the second page based on the user's input for different scroll retraction sub-controls.
  • the present application provides a display method, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a first screen and a second screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the folding screen passes through the first screen When the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the first screen and the second screen; the method includes:
  • the electronic device displays a first page and a first window on the first screen when the folding screen is in the first state, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
  • the electronic device After receiving the eighth input for the first window, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
  • the electronic device When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the first screen and the second page corresponding to the first window on the second screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the first screen and displays the second page on the second screen.
  • the screen displays the first page.
  • the electronic device can determine the display areas of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first window.
  • the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
  • the method further includes:
  • opening prompt information is displayed, and the opening prompt information is used to prompt the user to switch the folding screen from the first state to the second state.
  • the present application provides a display method, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen and a first screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a second screen and a third screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the electronic The device displays the page content through the first screen; when the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the second screen and the third screen; the method includes:
  • the electronic device displays a first page and a first window on the first screen when the folding screen is in the first state, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
  • the electronic device After receiving the ninth input for the first window, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
  • the electronic device When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the second screen and the second page corresponding to the first window on the third screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the second screen and displays the second page on the third screen.
  • the screen displays the first page.
  • the electronic device can determine the display areas of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first window.
  • the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
  • the method further includes:
  • opening prompt information is displayed, and the opening prompt information is used to prompt the user to switch the folding screen from the first state to the second state.
  • the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a first screen and a second screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the folding screen passes through the first screen When the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the first screen and the second screen; the method includes:
  • the first page and the first link or the first icon are displayed on the first screen, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first link or the first icon is the second application window;
  • the electronic device After receiving the eighth input for the first link or the first icon, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
  • the electronic device When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the first screen and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon on the second screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the first screen And display the first page on the second screen.
  • the electronic device may determine the display area of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first link or the first icon.
  • the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
  • the method further includes: in response to the eighth input, displaying opening prompt information, where the opening prompt information is used to prompt the user to fold the screen Switch from the first state to the second state.
  • the present application provides a display method, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen and a first screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a second screen and a third screen; when the folding screen is in the first state, the electronic The device displays the page content through the first screen; when the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the second screen and the third screen; the method includes:
  • the first page and the first link or the first icon are displayed on the first screen, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first link or the first icon is the second application window;
  • the electronic device After receiving the ninth input for the first link or the first icon, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
  • the electronic device When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the second screen and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon on the third screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the second screen And display the first page on the third screen.
  • the electronic device may determine the display area of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first link or the first icon.
  • the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
  • the method further includes: in response to the eighth input, displaying opening prompt information, where the opening prompt information is used to prompt The user switches the folding screen from the first state to the second state.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a scrolling screen, and one or more memories.
  • the scroll screen, one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, when the one or more processors When the computer instruction is executed, the first electronic device is made to execute the display method in the possible implementation manners of any one of the above first aspect or any one of the second aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on the first electronic device, the first electronic device executes any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a folding screen, and one or more memories.
  • the folding screen, one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, when the one or more processors When the computer instruction is executed, the first electronic device is made to execute the display method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above third aspect or any one of the fifth aspect.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on the first electronic device, the first electronic device executes any one of the above-mentioned third aspects or the fifth aspect.
  • the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a folding screen, a first screen, one or more stores.
  • the folding screen, the first screen, and one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, and the computer program codes include computer instructions.
  • the first electronic device executes the display method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the fourth aspect or any one of the sixth aspects.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions.
  • the computer instructions When the computer instructions are run on the first electronic device, the first electronic device executes any one of the fourth aspect or the first electronic device.
  • a display method in a possible implementation of any one of the six aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with a scrolling screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;
  • FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of a software structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3A is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a process of unfolding a scroll screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of another unfolding scroll screen provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 4A- Figure 4I are a set of schematic diagrams of the interface provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5A-Fig. 5E are another set of schematic interface diagrams provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Figures 6A-6D are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 7A-Fig. 7F are another set of interface diagrams provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 8A-8B are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic interface diagram provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 10A-10E are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS 11A-11F are another set of schematic diagrams of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 12A-12D are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • FIGS. 13A-13D are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the “multiple” The meaning is two or more.
  • An embodiment of the present application provides a display method, which can be applied to an electronic device with a scrolling screen.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device can be pulled out or rolled back along the direction perpendicular to the scrolling shaft, and the screen length of the scrolling screen perpendicular to the scrolling shaft direction can be changed.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with a scrolling screen provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the form of the scroll screen can be divided into an unfolded state, a half-expanded state and a fully unfolded state.
  • (a) in FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an unexpanded state of the scroll screen.
  • the scrolling screen is in the unexpanded state, a part of the screen of the scrolling screen is hidden in the body of the electronic device 100, and the electronic device 100 can display the interface of the application on another part of the screen that is unfolded.
  • the length of the screen is the first length .
  • the part of the screen hidden in the fuselage of the scrolling screen can be extended in a specified direction (for example, the direction of the arrow shown in the figure).
  • the scrolling screen When the screen of the scrolling screen is not fully unfolded, the scrolling screen is in a half-expanded state, as shown in (b) in FIG. 1 .
  • the scrolling screen When the scrolling screen is half unfolded, the part of the scrolling screen hidden in the fuselage decreases, and the part of the screen exposed on the fuselage surface increases until all the scrolling screens are exposed on the fuselage surface.
  • the scrolling screen is in a fully unfolded state, as shown in (c) in FIG. 1 , and the length of the screen at this time is the second length.
  • the second length is greater than the first length. It can be understood that when the length of the screen is greater than the first length and less than the second length, the scrolling screen is in a half-expanded state.
  • the scrolling screen can be unfolded along a first direction perpendicular to the scrolling axis, from an undeployed state, through a half-expanded state, to a fully unfolded state.
  • the scroll screen can also retract the screen along the second direction perpendicular to the scroll, from a fully unfolded state, through a half-expanded state, to an unexpanded state.
  • the first direction is opposite to the second direction.
  • the scrolling screen is divided into a visible display area and an invisible display area, wherein the visible display area is a display area on a part of the screen that is revealed by the scrolling screen.
  • the invisible display area is the display area on the part of the screen that is hidden by the scrolling screen.
  • the visible display area includes a first area, which is always displayed on a fixed direction side of the visible display area, and has a constant size.
  • the fixed direction may be the first direction or the second direction.
  • the visible display area of the scrolling screen includes a first area and a second area
  • the second state includes a half-expanded state and a fully-expanded state.
  • the second area may be a display area in the visible display area except the first area.
  • the second area can be called the third area, that is, the third area is larger than the second area, and the second area is when the electronic device in the first state unfolds a part of the scroll screen.
  • the third area is the display area other than the first area in the visible display area when the electronic device in the first state fully unfolds the scrolling screen.
  • FIG. 1 shows a first area, a second area and a third area of a scroll screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the specific orientations of the first area and the third area are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first area may be the left half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the right half area of the scrolling screen.
  • the first area may be the right half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the left half area of the scrolling screen.
  • the first area may be the upper half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the lower half area of the scrolling screen.
  • the first area may be the lower half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the upper half area of the scrolling screen.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a display method.
  • the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area;
  • the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area and the second area.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device is in the first state, the first page and the first content are displayed in the first area.
  • the electronic device may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, display the first page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area.
  • the electronic device can automatically unfold the scrolling screen based on the user's input, and display corresponding content in each display area of the unfolded scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device can automatically unfold the scrolling screen based on the user's input, and Each display area of the subsequent scrolling screen displays corresponding content.
  • the electronic device may determine the display areas of the first page and the second page on the unfolded scroll screen based on the first input, and the user may, during the unfolding process of the scroll screen, pass through the unfolded part of the scroll screen, Browse more important page content unaffected.
  • the first content may be used to trigger the electronic device to display a second page corresponding to the first content, and the second page corresponding to the first content is different from the first page currently displayed by the electronic device.
  • the first content may include but not limited to an application icon, a notification message, a hyperlink (uniform resource locator, URL), a widget (widget), a component, etc.
  • the electronic The first page displayed by the device 100 in the fully expanded state or the half-expanded state includes the first content.
  • the first page displayed by the electronic device 100 in the fully expanded state or the half-expanded state The page does not include the first content.
  • the first state may be an unexpanded state
  • the second state may be a half-expanded state or a fully-expanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 may be a tablet computer, a cell phone, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook, as well as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) digital assistant (PDA), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, artificial intelligence (artificial intelligence, AI) device, wearable device, vehicle-mounted device, smart home device and/or
  • PDA personal digital assistant
  • augmented reality augmented reality, AR
  • VR virtual reality
  • AI artificial intelligence
  • wearable device wearable device
  • vehicle-mounted device smart home device
  • smart home device smart home device
  • smart home device smart home device
  • the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific type of the electronic equipment 100 .
  • FIG. 2A shows a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and A subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • application processor application processor, AP
  • modem processor graphics processing unit
  • GPU graphics processing unit
  • image signal processor image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller video codec
  • digital signal processor digital signal processor
  • baseband processor baseband processor
  • neural network processor neural-network processing unit
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 .
  • the controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
  • a memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. avoid repetition The access reduces the waiting time of the processor 110, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
  • processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • the interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transmitter
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input and output
  • subscriber identity module subscriber identity module
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
  • the charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger.
  • the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 .
  • the charging management module 140 may receive a wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the electronic device 100 through the power management module 141 .
  • the power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 .
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance).
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 .
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
  • Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas.
  • Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network.
  • the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 .
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves and radiate them through the antenna 1 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 .
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
  • a modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor.
  • the application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 .
  • the modem processor may be a stand-alone device.
  • the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide the wireless local area network (wireless local area network) that is applied on the electronic device 100.
  • networks WLAN (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), short distance Wireless communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 .
  • the wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
  • the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc.
  • GSM global system for mobile communications
  • GPRS general packet radio service
  • code division multiple access code division multiple access
  • CDMA broadband Code division multiple access
  • WCDMA wideband code division multiple access
  • time division code division multiple access time-division code division multiple access
  • TD-SCDMA time-division code division multiple access
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • Beidou navigation satellite system beidou navigation satellite system
  • BDS Beidou navigation satellite system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite based augmentation systems
  • the electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering.
  • Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 may be a flexible screen, for example, the aforementioned scroll screen, folding screen and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 .
  • the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, etc.
  • ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene.
  • the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
  • Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (charge coupled device, CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor, CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
  • Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs.
  • the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • the NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
  • the external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external non-volatile memory, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 .
  • the external non-volatile memory communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. For example, files such as music and video are stored in an external non-volatile memory.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions.
  • the processor 810 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 .
  • the internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data.
  • the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like.
  • the storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • Speaker 170A also referred to as a "horn" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • Receiver 170B also called “earpiece” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the microphone 170C also called “microphone” or “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • pressure sensor 180A When the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal, it can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal.
  • pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 .
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 .
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor, and the magnetic sensor 180D can be used to detect the opening and closing of the flip leather case.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes).
  • the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • Visual output related to touch operations can be provided through the display screen 894 .
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 .
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like.
  • the indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
  • the motor 191 can generate a vibration prompt.
  • the motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch Vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications may correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 .
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.
  • the touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 can be unfolded or rolled up to change the size of the screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may be provided with a motor 191 and a scroll structure.
  • the electronic device 100 can use the motor 191 to drive the scroll structure to unfold or roll up the display screen 194 .
  • the processor 110 may notify the motor 191 to unfold the scroll screen based on the user's first input for the first content in the first area of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state, and determine the unfolded scroll screen of the second page corresponding to the first content. on the specified display area.
  • the processor 110 may also notify the display screen 194 to display the second page corresponding to the first content in the specified display area.
  • the display screen 194 can be used to display the second page corresponding to the first content.
  • the software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the software structure of the electronic device 100 is illustrated by taking a mobile operating system with a layered architecture as an example.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces.
  • the mobile operating system is divided into four layers, which are application program layer, application program framework layer, runtime (runtime) and system library, and kernel layer from top to bottom.
  • the application layer can consist of a series of application packages. As shown in FIG. 2B , the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
  • applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a content provider, a view system, a resource manager, a notification manager, a window management service (windowmanagerservice, WMS) module, an activity management service (activitymanagerservice, AMS) module, and the like.
  • WMS window management service
  • AMS activity management service
  • the content provider is used to store and obtain data, and make these data accessible by applications.
  • Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • a display interface can consist of one or more views.
  • a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, a text message is prompted in the status bar, a prompt sound is issued, the electronic device 100 vibrates, an indicator light flashes, and the like.
  • the window management service module can be used to detect the user's input on the first content on the first page, and based on the input, determine the display area of the second page corresponding to the first page and the first content.
  • the window management service module determines the first page
  • the scrolling screen driver may be notified to expand the scrolling screen.
  • the window management service module may also notify the activity management service module to create a new activity (activity), that is, to open the application corresponding to the first content.
  • the activity management service module After the activity management service module starts the application corresponding to the first content, it can notify the window management service module.
  • the window management service module can acquire the page (ie, the second page) of the application.
  • the window management service module can display the first page and the second page in split screens on the expanded scrolling screen.
  • Runtime can refer to all the code libraries, frameworks, etc. required for the program to run.
  • the runtime includes a series of function libraries required for the operation of the C program.
  • the runtime includes a core library and a virtual machine, and the core library may include functions that the Java language needs to call.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines.
  • the virtual machine executes the Java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • a system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc.
  • the media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H. 264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
  • 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer includes at least display driver, scroll screen driver, audio driver, sensor driver and so on.
  • the scroll screen drive can be used to control the scroll screen motor to unfold or retract the scroll screen.
  • the display method includes the following steps:
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a first state, and a first page and first content are displayed in a first area of the scroll screen.
  • the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area and the second area.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device is in a first state, and a first page and first content are displayed in a first area.
  • the second state includes a half-deployed state and a fully-deployed state.
  • the second area can be called a third area, and the size of the third area in the fully-deployed state is larger than that in the half-deployed state. The size of the second region.
  • the first content may include but not limited to a first window, a first icon, a first link and the like.
  • the first window may be used to point to a certain subpage of the application, for example, the first window may include but not limited to a message pop-up window, a window that pulls down a message bar, a floating window, and the like.
  • the floating window may be a zoomed-out video playback window (also called picture-in-picture), a floating application window, and the like.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a first window on the first page, and the first window may include part of the content of the notification message.
  • the notification message may be a message of the first application, or, the notification message may be a message of other applications (excluding the first application).
  • the notification message may be a message sent by the user or other contacts.
  • the first icon can be used to point to the main page of the application.
  • the first icon may include, but not limited to, an application icon displayed on the desktop.
  • the first link can be used to point to a target, which can be another webpage, or a different location on the same webpage, or a picture, an email address, a file, or even an application program.
  • the first link may include, but is not limited to, a webpage link, a text hyperlink, an image hyperlink, a multimedia file link, and the like.
  • the first link may be a card component (also called a card) corresponding to the application.
  • the card component can display part of the function information of the specified application, and the part of the function information can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a specified page of the specified application.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a specified page in the specified application in full screen in response to the user's input (for example, click) on the card of the specified application.
  • Cards can be displayed on the desktop or other specified shortcut interfaces (such as negative one screen, service center, etc.), and cards can be added or deleted by users. Some cards may be called widgets.
  • the card can display partial functional information of multiple specified applications.
  • the first window is floatingly displayed on the top of the first page, and the first page does not include the first window.
  • the first page includes the first content.
  • the electronic device 100 receives a user's input on the first content.
  • the input for the first content in the first area may include but not limited to dragging, clicking, long pressing, sliding, voice command input and so on.
  • the input may also be a collection of user operations, for example, the input may be an input of dragging the first content after long pressing the first content.
  • the electronic device 100 may expand the scrolling screen based on the user's input on the first content, and simultaneously display the first page and the second page corresponding to the first content on the expanded scrolling screen.
  • the input for the first content in the first area may also be an input for components other than the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 (for example, a power key, a volume key, etc.).
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input on components (for example, sliding or pressing a power button), and expand the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive an input from the user to select the first content (for example, a long press), and then receive an input from the user on components, and expand the scrolling screen.
  • the input of the first content is a set of selected input and input for components.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine the display areas of the first page and the second page on the unfolded scrolling screen based on the user's input. In this way, the user can decide the display content of the first area and the second area by himself, which is convenient for the user to operate. Moreover, during the unfolding process of the scrolling screen, the user can browse the pages displayed in the first area of the scrolling screen without being affected. For example, when the first page is displayed in the first area, the user can continue to browse the content of the first page, and when the second page is displayed in the first area, the user can preferentially browse the content of the second page.
  • the electronic device 100 may store a preset input set for the first content.
  • the preset input set may include a correspondence between user input and operations performed by the electronic device 100 .
  • the click input corresponds to an operation of the electronic device 100 jumping to display a second page corresponding to the first content on the current display screen. That is to say, a click input for the first content may trigger the electronic device 100 to display the second page on the current display screen.
  • the input of dragging the first content in the first direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scrolling screen, displaying the first page in the first area of the scrolling screen, and displaying the second page in the second or third area of the scrolling screen.
  • the first direction may be the direction in which the scrolling screen unfolds, for example, the direction from the first area to the second area as shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the input of dragging the first content in the second direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scroll screen, and displaying the second page in the first area of the scroll screen, and displaying the first page in the second or third area of the scroll screen.
  • the second direction is opposite to the first direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine an operation corresponding to the input based on the stored preset input set, and execute the operation.
  • the operation corresponding to the input is shown in step S303.
  • the input of dragging the first content to the first direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scroll screen, and displaying in the first area of the scroll screen
  • the first page, and the operation of displaying the second page in the second area or the third area on the side of the scroll screen in the first direction is just an example provided by the embodiment of this application, and is not limited to the operation of dragging the first content in the first direction.
  • the electronic device 100 can also be set so that the double-clicking input for the first content corresponds to the operation, or it is set so that the sliding input for the first content corresponds to the operation, or it is set as the two-finger sliding input for the first content corresponds to the
  • the operation is set so that the tap input for the first content corresponds to the operation, etc., which is not limited in this application.
  • the input of dragging the first content in the second direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scrolling screen, and displaying the second page in the first area on the side of the second direction of the scrolling screen, and displaying the second page in the second area of the scrolling screen or
  • the operation of displaying the first page in the third area is only an example provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the embodiment of the present application can also be set so that other inputs correspond to the operation, which is not limited in the present application. It can be understood that the first page is displayed in the first area and the input corresponding to the second page is displayed in the second area or the third area and the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area or the third area. The input corresponding to the page is different.
  • the electronic device 100 may include an input for expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the first page in the first area and displaying the second page in the second area or the third area, and does not include expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the first page in the first area.
  • the electronic device 100 may include an input for expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the second page in the first area and displaying the first page in the second area or the third area, and does not include expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the first page in the first area. page and display the input of the second page in the second area or the third area.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input, and set the user's input corresponding to the operation of unfolding the scrolling screen.
  • the user can set by himself what kind of user input is used to expand the scrolling screen, and the display areas of the first page and the second page corresponding to different user inputs.
  • different page contents can be displayed in different display areas of the unfolded scrolling screen according to the usage habits of the user.
  • the electronic device 100 switches the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device may display the first page in the first area and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 may determine that the first page is displayed in the first area and the second page is displayed in the second area or the third area based on the input for the first content, or that the first page is displayed in the second area or The third area and the second page are displayed in the first area.
  • the scroll screen may be unfolded, and during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, the first page may be displayed in the first area of the half-expanded scroll screen. , and display the second page in the second area of the half-expanded scroll screen.
  • the scrolling screen is fully expanded, the first page is displayed in the first area of the fully expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the third area of the fully expanded scrolling screen.
  • the size of the second area changes as the scrolling screen is unfolded. That is to say, the page content displayed in the second area will be affected by the size of the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a part of the page in the second area with the same size as the third area. That is to say, the page displayed in the second area is a part of the page displayed in the third area. In other words, the page displayed in the second area is a part of the page displayed in the third area in the rolling direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may first display (a) in FIG. 3B , and as the scrolling screen unfolds, the electronic device 100 sequentially displays (b) and (c) as shown in FIG. 3B .
  • the page content displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 increases as the screen expands.
  • (d) in FIG. 3B may be displayed.
  • the complete page content is displayed in the third area of the electronic device 100 .
  • the first region The displayed content is not affected.
  • the electronic device 100 may display in the second area the page that has been shrunk in the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen. That is to say, the page displayed in the second area is the page obtained after shrinking the page displayed in the third area.
  • the electronic device 100 may first display (a) in FIG. 3C , and as the scrolling screen unfolds, the electronic device 100 sequentially displays (b) and (c) as shown in FIG. 3C .
  • the content of the page displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 remains unchanged, and the page is stretched along with the expansion of the screen.
  • (d) in FIG. 3C may be displayed. At this time, unshrunk pages are displayed in the third area of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may also display other content in the changed display area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt page in a display area whose size changes as the scroll screen unfolds.
  • This prompt page can be used to prompt the user that the scrolling screen is unfolding.
  • the prompt page can be a solid color page.
  • the prompt page may include prompt information prompting the user that the scroll screen is unfolding.
  • the prompt information may include but not limited to text prompt information, animation prompt information, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may use the WMS module to detect the user's drag input for the first content in the first direction, when the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first content exceeds the first direction of the scroll screen When the scrolling screen is on the edge, notify the scrolling screen driver to expand the scrolling screen. And notify the AMS module to create a new activity, and open the application corresponding to the first content.
  • the WMS module of the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the unfolded scrolling screen, and display the second page corresponding to the first content in the second area or the third area. Similarly, the electronic device 100 can use the WMS module to detect the user's drag input for the first content in the second direction.
  • the WMS module of the electronic device 100 When the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first content exceeds the edge of the scroll screen in the second direction, Notify the scroller driver to expand the scroller. And notify the AMS module to create a new activity, and open the application corresponding to the first content.
  • the WMS module of the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the unfolded scrolling screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area.
  • the WMS module of the electronic device 100 when the first content is the first window or the first link, when the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first window or the first link does not exceed the first direction or the second direction of the scroll screen When the edge is active, the WMS module of the electronic device 100 may notify the AMS module to create a new activity, and open the application corresponding to the first window or the first link.
  • the WMS module of the electronic device 100 may also display the second page in full screen on the scrolling screen.
  • the WMS module of the electronic device 100 may also display the first page in full screen on the scrolling screen, and display a floating window on the first page, where the floating window includes the second page.
  • the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first icon does not exceed the edge in the first direction or the second direction of the scroll screen, the electronic device 100 The WMS module can move the position of the first icon on the reel screen.
  • a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application is specifically introduced below in combination with application scenarios.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first window are displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 may expand the scroll screen after receiving an input from the user to drag the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the first direction.
  • the first direction may be the direction in which the reel is unfolded.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state and display the second page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area or the third area on the side of the first direction based on the input of dragging the first window in the first direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may also, during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, The first page is still displayed in the first area, that is, the user can browse the first page without being affected.
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unfolded state, and the electronic device 100 may display a desktop 401 in full screen on the scroll screen.
  • the desktop 401 may include multiple application icons (for example, a video application icon 402, a news application icon 403, a chat application icon 404, a clock application icon, etc.).
  • the video application icon 402 can be used to trigger the display of the interface of the video application (for example, the video application page 411 shown in FIG. To trigger displaying the interface of the chat application.
  • a status bar including icons such as a time mark icon may also be displayed on the top of the desktop 401 .
  • the scrolling screen includes a display area 405, which is a screen area corresponding to the original screen of the scrolling screen. That is to say, the display area 405 can be understood as the first area shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the display area 405 includes a desktop 401 .
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's input on the video application icon 402, and may display a video application page 411 as shown in FIG. 4B in the display area 405 of the unexpanded scroll screen.
  • the video application page 411 may include a video display area and the like.
  • the video display area may include multiple video options, and the multiple video options may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a corresponding video playback page.
  • the plurality of video options includes a video option 412 .
  • the video playing page 421 as shown in FIG. 4C may be displayed in the display area 405 of the unexpanded scroll screen.
  • the video playing page 421 may include a video playing window, a video playing control, a video selection list, and the like.
  • the video playing window can be used to display a video picture (for example, the video of episode 7 of "Stride").
  • the video playback control is used to trigger the electronic device 100 to play/pause/fast forward/rewind the video.
  • the video selection list can be used to display the video playback page corresponding to the selection.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a window 431 as shown in FIG. 4D on the video playing page 421 .
  • Window 431 may include, but is not limited to, the contact's name (eg, "Lisa"), the contact's avatar, and the like. Window 431 may be used to alert the user that electronic device 100 has received a message. The window 431 can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a chat page. It should be noted that the video playing page 421 does not include the window 431 . It should be noted that, not limited to messages from contacts, the chat application of the electronic device 100 may also display a window corresponding to the message on the video play page 421 after receiving the message sent by the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may move the position of the window 431 on the video playing page 421 when receiving the user's input of dragging the window 431 in the first direction.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the window 431 to the side of the original position in the first direction and releases the window 431 , the electronic device 100 can unfold the scrolling screen. It can be understood that the input of dragging the window toward the first direction and then releasing the window is equivalent to the input of dragging the window toward the first direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, that is, area 405 , and display the second page in the second area or the third area of the unfolded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may replace the first window with a specified icon when receiving an input that the user drags the first window. That is to say, the electronic device 100 may display a specified icon at the point touched by the user, and the specified icon moves along with the movement track of the point touched by the user.
  • the designated icon may be a preset icon or an icon of an application corresponding to the first window. For example, when the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the window 431 to the first direction, cancel the display of the window 431, and display the icon of the chat application corresponding to the window 431 (for example, the chat application icon 404 shown in FIG. 4A ). In this way, the dragged first window can be displayed more beautifully and concisely.
  • the size of the specified icon is smaller than the size of the first window.
  • the electronic device 100 may replace the first window with a specified icon after receiving the user's long press operation. Afterwards, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's dragging input for the specified icon, and expand the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may detect a distance by which the user drags the first window or the specified icon. when the distance When the distance is greater than or equal to the preset distance, the electronic device 100 can unfold the scrolling screen. When the distance is less than the preset distance, the electronic device 100 does not unfold the scrolling screen, and continues to display the first window on the current display screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 445 as shown in FIG. 4F .
  • the display area 405 displays a video play page 421
  • the display area 445 displays a chat page 441 .
  • the chat page 441 may include dialog boxes, input boxes and so on.
  • the chat page 441 can be used to chat with the contact "Lisa".
  • the chat page 441 may also include emoticon controls, voice controls, more controls and the like.
  • the display area 445 only displays a part of the chat page 441 in the scrolling direction.
  • the content of the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 445 by the electronic device 100 also increases accordingly.
  • the electronic device 100 can display a complete video playing page 421 , and the user can continue to operate the video playing page 421 .
  • the display area 445 can be understood as the second area shown in FIG. 1 .
  • a separation line may also be displayed between the display area 405 and the display area 445 of the electronic device 100 .
  • the separation line can be used to adjust the lengths of the display area 405 and the display area 445 in the roll rolling direction. In this way, the user can adjust the size of the two display areas of the scrolling screen by himself through the dividing line.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a display area 405 and a display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G .
  • the range of the display area 455 includes the range of the display area 445 .
  • the display area 405 displays a video play page 421
  • the display area 455 displays a chat page 441 . It should be noted that since the scroll screen is currently in a fully unfolded state, the display area 455 is displaying a complete chat page 441 in the first direction.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on the user's input of dragging the window in the first direction, which is convenient for the user to operate.
  • the display area 455 can be understood as the third area shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page that is shrunk in the scroll unfolding direction when the scroll screen is in a half-expanded state. In this way, the user can view the content of the second page when the scrolling screen is not fully unfolded.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the first direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 465 as shown in FIG. 4H .
  • the display area 405 displays a video play page 421
  • the display area 465 displays a chat page 441 .
  • the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 465 has shrunk in the direction in which the scroll screen unfolds.
  • the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 445 by the electronic device 100 also expands accordingly.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G . In this way, the electronic device 100 can display a complete chat page 441 during the rolling scrolling process, and the user can check the content of the chat page 441 in advance.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a preset shrink ratio.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt page. This prompt page can be used to prompt the user that the scrolling screen is unfolding.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the shrunk page. In this way, it is possible to prevent the electronic device 100 from displaying excessively shrunk unclear pages.
  • the electronic device 100 may display first prompt information, the first prompt information is used to prompt the user that the scroll screen will switch from the unexpanded state to the fully expanded state. .
  • electricity The sub-device 100 may cancel display of the first prompt information after displaying the first prompt information for a first duration, and switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state.
  • a confirmation control may be displayed, and the confirmation control may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to cancel displaying the first prompt information and expand the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may also display a cancel control, and the cancel control may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to cancel displaying the first prompt information and cancel the unfolding of the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 471 as shown in FIG. 4I .
  • the prompt window 471 may include but not limited to prompt information, a confirmation control 472 and a cancel control 473 .
  • the prompt information may include but not limited to text prompt information, voice prompt information, animation prompt information and the like.
  • the prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 will unfold the scroll screen and display the second page.
  • the confirmation control 472 may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scrolling screen.
  • the cancel control 473 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to cancel the unfolding of the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 445 as shown in FIG. 4F , or the display area 465 as shown in FIG. 4H .
  • the cancel control 473 the electronic device 100 can cancel the display of the prompt window 471 , that is, display the video playing page 421 as shown in FIG. 4C .
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first window are displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 may expand the scroll screen after receiving an input from the user to drag the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the second direction.
  • the second direction may be a direction in which the scroll screen retracts (for example, a direction from the second area to the first area shown in FIG. 1 ).
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page corresponding to the first window in the first area on the side of the second direction based on the input of dragging the first window in the second direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may also alternately display the second page in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, that is, the user may browse the second page without being affected.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unfolded state, and the electronic device 100 may display a video playing page 421 as shown in FIG. 4D in the display area 405 of the scrolling screen.
  • a window 431 as shown in FIG. 4D is displayed on the video playing page 421 .
  • the descriptions of the video playing page 421 and the window 431 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiments shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may move the position of the window 431 on the video playing page 421 when receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the second direction.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the window 431 to the second direction side of the original position and releases the window 431 , the electronic device 100 can unfold the scrolling screen. It can be understood that the input of dragging the window toward the second direction and then releasing the window is equivalent to the input of dragging the window toward the second direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, that is, area 405 , and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the unfolded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may replace the first window with a designated icon when receiving an input from the user to drag the first window.
  • a designated icon when receiving an input from the user to drag the first window.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 505 as shown in FIG. 5B .
  • the display area 405 displays a chat page 441
  • the display area 505 displays a video play page 421 . It should be noted that, since the scrolling screen is currently in a half-expanded state and not yet in a fully-expanded state, only a part of the video play page 421 is displayed in the display area 505 .
  • the display area 505 can be understood as the second area shown in FIG. 1 .
  • a separation line may also be displayed between the display area 405 and the display area 505 of the electronic device 100 .
  • the separation line can be used to adjust the lengths of the display area 405 and the display area 505 in the direction in which the scroll roll is unfolded. In this way, the user can adjust the size of the two display areas of the scrolling screen by himself through the dividing line.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 515 as shown in FIG. 5C .
  • the range of the display area 515 includes the range of the display area 505 .
  • the display area 405 displays a chat page 441
  • the display area 515 displays a video play page 421 . It should be noted that since the scrolling screen is currently in a fully unfolded state, a complete video playback page 421 is displayed in the display area 515 .
  • the electronic device 100 can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on the user's input of dragging the window in the second direction, which is convenient for the user to operate.
  • the display area 515 can be understood as the third area shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page that has been shrunk in the scroll unfolding direction when the scroll screen is in a half-expanded state. In this way, the user can view the content of the first page when the scrolling screen is not fully unfolded.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the second direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 525 as shown in FIG. 5D .
  • the display area 405 displays a chat page 441
  • the display area 525 displays a video play page 421 .
  • the video playback page 421 displayed in the display area 525 has shrunk in the direction in which the scroll screen unfolds.
  • the video play page 421 displayed in the display area 525 by the electronic device 100 also expands accordingly.
  • the electronic device 100 can display all the content of the chat page 441 and the video play page 421 during the rolling scrolling process, and the user can check the content of the video play page 421 in advance.
  • the electronic device 100 may include a preset shrink ratio.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt page. This prompt page can be used to prompt the user that the scrolling screen is unfolding.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the shrunk page. In this way, it is possible to prevent the electronic device 100 from displaying excessively shrunk unclear pages.
  • prompt information may be displayed before the electronic device 100 unfolds the scrolling screen.
  • the prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 is about to unfold the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 471 as shown in FIG. 4I before unfolding the scrolling screen.
  • FIG. 4I For details, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4I , which will not be repeated here.
  • the division manner of the display area of the screen of the electronic device 100 is not limited to the division manner shown in FIG. 1 .
  • the part of the screen visible to the user of the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is the first area.
  • the side of the unfolding direction of the screen, that is, the first area may always be displayed in the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen in the visible display area along with the unfolding of the scrolling screen.
  • the visible display area of the scrolling screen includes a first area and a second area. Wherein, the size of the second area is elongated with the unfolding of the scrolling screen.
  • the first area is always on the unfolding direction side of the scroll screen
  • the second The area stretches toward the unfolding direction of the scroll screen until the scroll screen stretches from the half-expanded state to the fully-expanded state.
  • the second area may be referred to as a third area.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area, and a first page and a first window are displayed in the first area.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scroll screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the third direction. Wherein, the third direction is opposite to the unrolling direction of the reel.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state.
  • the second page in the second area is a shrunk second page or only a part of the second page is displayed in the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the fully unfolded scroll screen, and display the second page in the third area of the fully unfolded scroll screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can completely display the first page during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen.
  • the second page can also be completely displayed on the scroll screen as the scroll screen unfolds. It needs to be explained again that the first area and the second area described here are different from those shown in FIG. 1 . In the description of the embodiment other than that shown in FIG. The description can refer to the area division shown in Figure 1.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the second direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 535 and the display area 545 as shown in FIG. 5E .
  • the chatting page 441 is displayed in the display area 535
  • the video playing page 421 is displayed in the display area 545 .
  • the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 535 is cut in the direction in which the scroll screen is unfolded, and the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 535 Content can grow as the expanded portion of the scroll screen increases.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unfolded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first window are displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scroll screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the fourth direction.
  • the fourth direction is the same as the scroll rolling direction.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page corresponding to the first window in the first area of the half-expanded state of the scroll screen during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area of the half-expanded state of the scroll screen.
  • the first page in the second area is the first page after contraction or only a part of the first page is displayed in the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the fully unfolded scroll screen, and display the first page in the third area of the fully unfolded scroll screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can completely display the second page during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen.
  • the first page can also be completely displayed on the scroll screen as the scroll screen unfolds.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive other input from the user, expand the display screen, and determine the display areas of the first page and the second page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display one or two or more expansion hot areas (for example, the display area of the electronic device 100 in the direction in which the scrolling screen is expanded) area near the edges of both screens).
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the first window is dragged near the expansion hot area, in response to this operation, the electronic device 100 can switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the first window in the first area.
  • One page, and display the second page in the second area can Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, not only can more operation gestures be supported to unfold the scrolling screen, but also avoid the scene of unfolding the scrolling screen by mistaken touch.
  • the electronic device 100 may only display an expanded hot zone, and when the electronic device 100 detects that the user expands the first window When dragging to the vicinity of the expansion hot spot, the scrolling screen is expanded, and the first page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the second or third area of the expanded scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the expanded scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the expanded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display two expansion hot areas, and the two expansion hot areas include an expansion hot area A and an expansion hot area B.
  • the scrolling screen is expanded, and the first page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the expanded scrolling screen.
  • area or third area displays the second page.
  • the scrolling screen is expanded, and the second page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the second area of the expanded scrolling screen.
  • area or third area displays the first page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display expansion prompt information on the expansion hot area, and the expansion prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 will expand the display screen and display the second page in a specific display area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to unfold the scrolling screen and determine the display area of the second page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the expansion hotspot when receiving the user's input (for example, long press, double click, etc.) on the first window.
  • the user's input for example, long press, double click, etc.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the expanded hotspot 601 and the expanded hotspot 602 as shown in FIG. 6A after receiving the user's input (eg, long press) as shown in FIG. 4D .
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the window 431 to the expansion hot area 601
  • the electronic device 100 can expand the scroll screen to display the second page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area or The third area displays the first page.
  • FIG. 5B-FIG. 5E which will not be repeated here.
  • the expansion hot area 601 may further include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the window 431 is dragged near the expansion hot area 601 , the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the window 431 to the expansion hot area 602, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scrolling screen, display the second page in the second area or the third area, and display the second page in the second area or the third area.
  • the first area displays the first page. Specifically, reference may be made to the embodiments shown in FIG. 4F-FIG. 4I , which will not be repeated here.
  • the expansion hot area 602 may also include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the window 431 is dragged near the expansion hot area 602, the electronic device 100 may display the second window 431 in the second area or the third area. page.
  • the electronic device 100 may cancel the display of the expansion hot area.
  • the expanded hot zone may be a transparent display area that is suspended and displayed above the first page displayed by the electronic device 100 .
  • the expansion hot zone may be an area other than the edge of the scrolling screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may perform blurring/blurring processing on the first page, and display the blurred/blurring first page.
  • the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input (for example, dragging, long-pressing, etc.) on the first window, display the expanded hotspot and display the floating window hotspot at the same time.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first window to the vicinity of the floating hot area, the floating window may be displayed on the first page, and the second page may be displayed in the floating window.
  • a scroll unfolding control may be displayed in the first window of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (such as clicking) on the scroll expansion control of the first window, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can be in the second state.
  • the first area displays the first page
  • the second area displays the second page.
  • display the second page in the first area and display the first page in the second area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to expand the scroll screen more conveniently by using the scroll scroll to expand the control.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a video play page 421 and a window 431, and the electronic device
  • the window 431 also includes a function control 621 .
  • the function control 621 may include a scroll expansion control 621A and a scroll expansion control 621B.
  • the scroll unfolding control 621A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 441 corresponding to the window 431 in the display area 405, and display the video playback page 421 in the display area of the part of the screen expanded from the scroll screen, specifically , the electronic device 100 expands the scroll screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421.
  • the electronic device 100 expands the scroll screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421.
  • the scroll unfolding control 621B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the video playback page 421 in the display area 405, and display the chat page 441 corresponding to the window 431 in the display area of the partially unfolded screen of the scroll screen, specifically , the electronic device 100 expands the scrolling screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421.
  • the electronic device 100 expands the scrolling screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421.
  • the function control 621 may also include a floating opening control 621C, which may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a floating window on the video playing page 421 . And display the chat page 441 in the floating window.
  • a floating opening control 621C which may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a floating window on the video playing page 421 . And display the chat page 441 in the floating window.
  • the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input on the first window, display the scroll expansion control in response to the input.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the function control window 631 as shown in FIG. 6C in response to the user input (for example, long press, double-click, etc.) on the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D after receiving the input.
  • the function control window 631 may include one or more function controls. For example, scroll expand control 631A, scroll expand control 631B, hover open control 631C. Wherein, the description of these functional controls can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6B , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input (for example, long press, double-click, etc.) on the window 431 shown in FIG. Scroll unwind control 642 .
  • the functions of the scroll expansion control 641 and the scroll expansion control 621A shown in FIG. 6B are the same, but the styles are different.
  • the functions of the scroll expansion control 642 and the scroll expansion control 621B shown in FIG. 6B are the same, but the styles are different.
  • the scroll unfolding control may not be limited to the display styles and display positions mentioned in the above embodiments, as long as the scroll unfolding control can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, the scroll unfolding control may include text, pictures, animations, etc. , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the electronic device 100 may also receive other user inputs, unfold the scrolling screen, and determine the display area of the second page, which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a user's input, opening a scrolling screen, and determining a corresponding relationship between the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can receive the user's input, and flexibly set the input mode of opening the scroll screen and the display area of the second page.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a first area and a third area.
  • the first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100
  • the second page is displayed in the second area
  • the first window is also displayed on the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input for the first window (for example, an input for sliding up the first window), in response to the input, display on the side screen of the first area of the scroll screen the corresponding The third page, or the third page is displayed on one side of the second area of the scrolling screen, or the third page is displayed in the middle area of the scrolling screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display more pages on the unfolded scroll screen, which is convenient for the user to perform multi-application operations.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input on the first window (for example, After dragging the input of the first window), in response to the input, the side lengths of the first area and the second area in the direction of unfolding (rolling up) the scroll screen are reduced.
  • the electronic device 100 may also add a third area on a side of the first area away from the second area, and display a third page in the third area.
  • the electronic device 100 may also add a fourth area on a side of the second area away from the first area, and display the third page corresponding to the first window in the fourth area.
  • a fifth area is added between the second area and the first area, and the third page corresponding to the first window is displayed in the fifth area.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input and determine to display the third page in the third area, the fourth area or the fifth area.
  • the electronic device 100 may reduce the size of the first area and the second area in response to the input B.
  • the electronic device 100 may reduce the expansion of the first area and the second area in response to the input C.
  • (roll up) the side length in the scroll screen direction and add a fifth area in the middle of the second area and the first area, and display the third page corresponding to the first window in the fifth area.
  • input A, input B and input C are all different.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a display area 405 and a display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G .
  • the electronic device 100 can display the message window of the application on the overlapped side of the display area 405 and the display area 455 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display a window 701 as shown in FIG. 7A on the overlapped side of the display area 405 and the display area 455 .
  • Window 701 can be used to prompt the user that there is a news message.
  • the window 701 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the news details page corresponding to the window 701 .
  • the electronic device 100 may move the position of the window 701 on the display screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 701 toward the display area 405 .
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen. It can be understood that the input of dragging the window toward the side of the first area and then releasing the window is equivalent to the input of dragging the window toward the side of the first area.
  • the electronic device 100 may reduce the side lengths of the display area 405 and the display area 455 in the direction of unfolding (rolling up) the scroll screen, and add a display area 715 on the side of the scroll screen display area 405 away from the display area 455 . Wherein, a page news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 715 .
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 includes a display area 715 , a display area 405 and a display area 455 .
  • a news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 715 .
  • the news detail page 711 may include but not limited to news titles, news content and so on.
  • the display area 405 displays a video play page 421
  • the display area 455 displays a chat page 441 .
  • the display area 715 , the display area 405 and the display area 455 divide the scrolling screen into three equal parts and display respective page contents.
  • a separation line may be displayed between two adjacent display areas among the display area 715 , the display area 405 and the display area 455 .
  • the separation line can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to adjust the relative sizes of two adjacent display areas.
  • one or two or more hot areas are displayed on the scroll screen (for example, the electronic device 100 is displayed on the scroll screen in the scroll screen unfolding direction
  • the hot zone is displayed near the two screen edges of the window)
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the first window is dragged to the vicinity of the expanded hot zone, in response to this operation, the electronic device 100
  • the device 100 may display the third page in the display area corresponding to the hot zone.
  • the display area corresponding to the hot zone may be the third area, the fourth area or the fifth area.
  • each hotspot may correspond to the same display area, or each hotspot may correspond to a different display area.
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a first area and a third area.
  • the first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100
  • the second page is displayed in the second area
  • the first window is displayed on the first area and the second area of the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may divide the first area into a first sub-area and a second sub-area in response to the input after receiving the user's input (for example, an input of dragging the first window to the side of the first area), and
  • the first page is displayed in the first sub-area
  • the third page is displayed in the second sub-area.
  • the second area is divided into a third sub-area and a fourth sub-area
  • the second page is displayed in the third sub-area
  • the third page is displayed in the fourth sub-area.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input and determine to display the third page in the second subarea or the fourth subarea.
  • the electronic device 100 may divide the first area into It is the first sub-area and the second sub-area, and the first page is displayed in the first sub-area, and the third page is displayed in the second sub-area.
  • the electronic device 100 may divide the second area into the third sub-area and the second sub-area in response to the input B after receiving the user's input B for the first window (for example, an input of dragging the first window to the side of the second area).
  • Four sub-areas and display the second page in the third sub-area, and display the third page in the fourth sub-area. Wherein, input A and input B are different.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 725, the display area 735 and the display area 735 shown in FIG. Display area 455 .
  • the video play page 421 is displayed in the display area 725
  • the news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 735
  • the chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 455 .
  • the display area 725 and the display area 735 are obtained by dividing the display area 405 shown in FIG. 7A .
  • the content of the video playing page 421 displayed in the display area 725 is less than that of the video playing page 421 displayed in the display area 405 .
  • a separation line may be included between the display area 725 and the display area 735 , and the separation line may be used to adjust the relative size between the display area 725 and the display area 735 .
  • a separation line may also be included between the display area 725 and the display area 735 and the display area 455 , and the separation line may be used to adjust the relative size between the display area 725 and the display area 735 and the display area 455 .
  • the first area may be the left half area of the display screen, and the second area may be the right half area of the display screen.
  • the first sub-area may be the upper half of the first area, and the second sub-area may be the lower half of the first area.
  • the third sub-area may be the upper half of the second area, and the fourth sub-area may be the lower half of the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the third window in the first area in response to the input. page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the third page in the second area in response to the input.
  • input A and input B are different.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 455 as shown in FIG. 7E .
  • a news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 405
  • a chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 455 .
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a first area and a third area.
  • the first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100, and the second page is displayed in the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first window on the first area or the second area,
  • the first window may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a page of a corresponding application.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a display area 405 and a display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the message window of the application on the display area 405 or the display area 455 .
  • the electronic device 100 may display a window 751 as shown in FIG. 7F on the display area 405 .
  • the window 751 reference may be made to the window 701 shown in FIG. 7A , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 displays the first window in the first area, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the first window, in response to the input, it may display the first window corresponding to the first window on the side of the first area. the third page of .
  • the electronic device 100 displays the window 751 as shown in FIG. 7F , after receiving the user's input (such as clicking) on the window 751, the news details corresponding to the window 751 can be displayed on the scroll screen on the side of the display area 405.
  • Page 711 the description of the electronic device 100 displaying the news details page 711 on the scroll screen at the side of the display area 405 may refer to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 7C-7E , and details are not repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a corresponding relationship between the display position of the first window in the fully unfolded scroll screen and the display area of the third page corresponding to the first window. In this way, the electronic device 100 can flexibly set the display positions of the first window and the third page by receiving the user's input. For example, when the electronic device 100 is configured to display the first window in the second area, the electronic device 100 will display the third page on the scroll screen at the side of the second area.
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a first area and a second area. A first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100, and a second page is displayed in the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input and retract the scrolling screen. After the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 changes from a fully expanded state to an unexpanded state, the electronic device 100 may display the first page or the second page in full screen on the scroll screen. In this way, the user does not need to manually roll back the scroll screen, and the electronic device can automatically retract the scroll screen based on the user's input.
  • the first page is displayed when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 returns to the unexpanded state.
  • the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 can refer to step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3B , or step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3C , etc., in This will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may first replace the display content in the first area and the second area, that is, display the second page in the first area and display the first page in the second area. Afterwards, the electronic device 100 can retract the scroll screen.
  • the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 may refer to step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3B , and may also refer to step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3C and so on.
  • the electronic device 100 may keep the size of the second area unchanged, and reduce the size of the first area as the scroll screen retracts until the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state.
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 Only the second region is included.
  • the description of the gradual reduction of the first area as the scroll screen retracts can refer to the embodiment of the gradual reduction of the third area in step (d)-step (a) in FIG. 3B and FIG. 3C , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive user input, and set whether to continue to display the first page or the second page when the scroll screen returns from the fully expanded state to the unexpanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 is in the fully unfolded state, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input A, in response to the input A, retract the scroll screen, and return to the unexpanded state on the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 when all The screen displays the first page.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 is in the fully unfolded state, after the electronic device 100 receives the input B from the user, it retracts the scroll screen in response to the input B, and when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 returns to the unexpanded state, the second page is displayed in full screen .
  • input A and input B are different.
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state, and the scroll screen includes a first area, a second area and a separation line.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input on the separation line, and retract the scroll screen in response to the input, and display the first page or the second page on the scroll screen when the scroll screen is from a fully unfolded state to an unexpanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's sliding input (for example, sliding up) on the separation line, retract the scroll screen, and display the first page or the second page on the scroll screen returned to the unexpanded state.
  • the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 may refer to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may retract the scroll screen in response to different input from the user on the separation line, and determine to reserve the first page or the second page based on the input. In this way, based on the user's input, the electronic device can determine the displayed content on the scroll screen in the unexpanded state, and the user can reserve the pages to be used by himself. For example, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of sliding to the first area with respect to the dividing line, withdraw the scrolling screen, and display the second page in the second area in full screen when the scrolling screen returns to the unexpanded state. The electronic device 100 may also receive the user's input of sliding to the second area with respect to the dividing line, withdraw the scrolling screen, and display the first page of the first area in full screen when the scrolling screen returns to the unexpanded state.
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state, and the scroll screen includes a first area and a second area.
  • the side frame of the electronic device 100 includes a sensor (such as a pressure sensor) or a device (such as a touchpad) capable of receiving user input.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input on the side frame of the electronic device 100, and retract the scroll screen in response to the input, and display the first page or the second page on the scroll screen when the scroll screen is from a fully unfolded state to an unexpanded state. .
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's sliding input on the side frame (for example, sliding up), retract the scrolling screen, and display the first page or the second page on the scrolling screen returning to the unfolded state.
  • a user's sliding input on the side frame for example, sliding up
  • retract the scrolling screen and display the first page or the second page on the scrolling screen returning to the unfolded state.
  • the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 may refer to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may retract the scrolling screen in response to different input from the user on the side frame, and determine to reserve the first page or the second page based on the input. For example, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of sliding upward on the side frame, retract the scroll screen, and display the second page in the second area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state. The electronic device 100 may also receive the user's input of sliding down the side frame, retract the scroll screen, and display the first page in the first area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state.
  • the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state, and the scroll screen includes a first area, a second area and a scroll retraction control.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input for retracting the scrolling control, and retract the scrolling screen in response to the input, and display the first page or the second page on the scrolling screen when the scrolling screen is from a fully unfolded state to an unexpanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the scroll retraction control when the scroll screen changes from the unexpanded state to the fully expanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the first direction.
  • a scroll retract control 801 as shown in FIG. 8A is displayed.
  • the scroll retracting control 801 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to retract the scroll screen, and display the video play page 421 or the chat page 441 when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 may retract the scroll screen in response to different user input on the scroll retract control, and determine to reserve the first page or the second page based on the input. For example, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of sliding the scroll retraction control to the first area, retract the scroll screen, and display the second page in the second area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state. The electronic device 100 may also receive the user's input of sliding the scroll retraction control to the second area, retract the scroll screen, and display the first page in the first area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state. example For example, when the electronic device 100 displays the interface shown in FIG.
  • the electronic device 100 when receiving the user's input of sliding the scroll retraction control to the display area 455 , retract the scroll screen in response to the input.
  • the electronic device 100 may display an interface as shown in FIG. 4F or FIG. 4H .
  • an interface as shown in FIG. 4C may be displayed.
  • the scroll retracting control may be suspended and displayed on the interface displayed by the electronic device 100 .
  • the electronic device 100 may receive a user's drag input on the scroll retracting control, and change the display position of the scroll retracting control on the scroll screen.
  • the reel retraction controls may include a reel retraction control A and a reel retraction control B.
  • the scroll retracting control A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to retract the scroll screen, and when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state, the first page is displayed in full screen, for example, the scroll retracting control A can be the scroll retracting as shown in FIG. 8B Control 811.
  • the scroll retracting control B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to retract the scroll screen, and when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state, the second page is displayed in full screen, for example, the scroll retracting control B can be the scroll retracting as shown in FIG. 8B Control 812 .
  • the electronic device 100 may receive user input, and set the user input corresponding to the operation of retracting the scroll screen. In this way, the user can set what kind of user input is used to retract the scroll screen, and different user inputs trigger the electronic device 100 to continue displaying the first page or the second page. In this way, it can fit the user's usage habits and retain the pages that the user still needs to use.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide the user with the above-mentioned several methods of retracting the scroll screen, and the electronic device 100 may receive an input from the user to determine the manner in which the electronic device 100 retracts the scroll screen. For example, when the display area division method of the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is as shown in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5E , the electronic device 100 may keep the size of the first area unchanged and gradually reduce the The size of the second area, retract the scroll screen.
  • the first window of the electronic device 100 is in the message bar of the electronic device 100, and the electronic device 100 may expand the scrolling screen after receiving the user's input on the first window in the message bar, and determine the The display content of the expanded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the message bar 901 as shown in FIG. 9 when receiving the user's swipe down operation on the top frame in FIG. 4C .
  • a window 902 is displayed in the message bar 901 , and the window 902 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the chat page 441 .
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the window 902, in response to the input, the scroll screen is expanded, and the video playback page 421 shown in FIG. Page 441, for details, refer to the embodiment shown in Fig. 4F-Fig. 4I.
  • the electronic device 100 unfolds the scrolling screen, and displays the chat page 441 in the display area 405, and displays the video playing page 421 on the partially unfolded screen of the scrolling screen. For details, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B-FIG. This will not be repeated here.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first icon are displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state after receiving the user's input on the first icon on the scrolling screen, and the electronic device may display the first page in the first area and display the page in the second area. second page. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display the pages in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, and the user can browse the pages in the first area without being affected.
  • the first page includes a first icon.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first icon on the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state toward the first direction.
  • the first direction may be the direction in which the reel is unfolded.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, And display the second page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state.
  • the scrolling screen is fully expanded, the first page is displayed in the first area of the scrolling screen in the fully expanded state, and the second page is displayed in the third area of the scrolling screen in the fully expanded state.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the first page in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, that is, the user can continue to browse the first page.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first icon on the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state to the second direction.
  • the second direction may be a direction in which the reel is retracted.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state.
  • the second page is displayed in the first region of the scrolling screen in the fully unfolded state, and the first page is displayed in the third region of the scrolling screen in the fully unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 can alternately display the second page in the first area during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, that is, the user can browse the second page without waiting for the scroll screen to unfold.
  • the electronic device 100 may display one or two or more expanded hot zones. (For example, the areas near the two screen edges of the display screen of the electronic device 100 in the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen).
  • the electronic device 100 may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device may display the first icon in the first area.
  • One page, and display the second page in the second area may be Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, not only can more operation gestures be supported to unfold the scrolling screen, but also avoid the scene of unfolding the scrolling screen by mistaken touch.
  • the electronic device 100 may display only one expansion hot area, and when the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first icon near the expansion hot area, the scroll screen is expanded, and the first icon is displayed in the first area of the expanded scroll screen. a page, and display the second page in the second or third area of the expanded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the expanded scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the expanded scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display two expansion hot areas, and the two expansion hot areas include an expansion hot area A and an expansion hot area B.
  • the scrolling screen is expanded, and the first page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the expanded scrolling screen.
  • area or third area displays the second page.
  • the scrolling screen is expanded, and the second page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the second area of the expanded scrolling screen.
  • area or third area displays the first page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display expansion prompt information on the expansion hot area, and the expansion prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 will expand the display screen and display the second page in a specific display area.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a desktop 401 as shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's drag input for the chat application icon 404, in response to the drag input, the electronic device 100 displays the expansion hot area 1001 and the expansion hot area 1002 as shown in FIG. 10A.
  • the electronic device 100 can expand the scrolling screen, display the second page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area. area or third area displays the first page.
  • the expansion hot area 1001 may further include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the chat application icon 404 is dragged near the expansion hot area 1001 , the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area.
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 receives the input that the user drags the chat application icon 404 to the expansion hot area 1002, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scrolling screen and display the second page in the second area or the third area , to display the first page in the first area.
  • the expansion hot area 1002 may also include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the chat application icon 404 is dragged near the expansion hot area 1002, the electronic device 100 may display the information in the second area or the third area. second page.
  • the electronic device 100 After the electronic device 100 receives the input that the user drags the chat application to the expansion hot zone 1002, in response to the input, Expand the scroll screen.
  • the display area 405 and the display area 1015 as shown in FIG. 10B may be displayed.
  • a desktop 401 is displayed in the display area 405
  • a chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 1015 .
  • the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 1015 is cut in the direction in which the scroll screen is unfolded.
  • the content of the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 1015 increases as the expanded portion of the scrolling screen increases.
  • the display area 405 and the display area 1015 as shown in FIG. 10C may be displayed.
  • a desktop 401 is displayed in the display area 405
  • a complete chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 1015 .
  • the electronic device 100 when the electronic device 100 is in the half-expanded state, it displays the second page shrunk in the unfolding direction of the scroll.
  • a chat page 441 as shown in FIG. 10D may be displayed.
  • the chatting page 441 is in a contracted state, and the chatting page 441 can be stretched along with the unfolding of the scrolling screen.
  • the chat page 441 is not in a contracted state.
  • the specific description of the electronic device 100 unfolding the scrolling screen and displaying the second page in the second area or the third area can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4F-FIG. 4I , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the expansion hotspot when receiving other input (for example, long press, double click, etc.) from the user on the first icon.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive user input for the first icon, and in response to the input, display the scroll rollout control.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (for example, click) on the scroll expansion control, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display in the first area first page, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to expand the scroll screen more conveniently by using the scroll scroll to expand the control.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a desktop 401 as shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input (for example, long press) on the chat application icon 404, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 displays the menu bar 1021 as shown in FIG. 10E .
  • the menu bar 1021 may include a scroll expansion control 1021A.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1021A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 441 corresponding to the chat application icon 404 in the display area 405, and display the desktop 401 in the display area of the part of the scroll screen unfolded, specifically , the electronic device 100 expands the scroll screen to display the chat page 441 and the description of the desktop 401, you can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B-FIG. .
  • the menu bar 1021 may also include a scroll scroll control 1021B.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1021B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the desktop 401 in the display area 405, and display the chat page 441 corresponding to the chat application icon 404 in the display area of the partially unfolded screen of the scroll screen.
  • the device 100 unfolds the scrolling screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421.
  • FIG. 10B-FIG. 10D refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 10B-FIG. 10D , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may also receive other user inputs, unfold the scrolling screen, and determine the display area of the second page, which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a user's input, opening a scrolling screen, and determining a corresponding relationship between the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can receive the user's input, and flexibly set the input mode of opening the scroll screen and the display area of the second page.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first icon, and the description of expanding the scrolling screen can refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned first window.
  • the description of the above-mentioned first window please refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned first window, and will not repeat them here.
  • the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first link are displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state after receiving the user's input of the first link on the scrolling screen, and the electronic device may display the first page in the first area and display the link in the second area.
  • second page Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 can display the pages in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, and the user can browse the pages in the first area without being affected.
  • the first page includes the first link.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the first link of the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state to the first direction.
  • the first direction may be the direction in which the reel is unfolded.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, and display the second page in the second area or the third area of the scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving the user's input of dragging the first link on the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state to the second direction.
  • the second direction may be a direction in which the reel is retracted.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the scroll screen.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a desktop 401 as shown in FIG. 4A .
  • the electronic device 100 may display the contact page 1101 as shown in FIG. 11A.
  • the contact page 1101 may include a contact display area 1102 .
  • the contact display area 1102 can display a plurality of contact icons (for example, a contact icon 1102A), and the contact icon can be used to trigger the display of the chat page corresponding to the contact icon.
  • the contact page may also include icons such as a search bar.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a chat page 1111 as shown in FIG. 11B in response to a user's input (eg, click) on the contact icon 1102A.
  • the chat page 1111 can include a chat box, which can be used to display messages sent by users or contacts, and the messages can include but not limited to text messages, link messages, picture messages, animation messages, voice messages, etc. wait.
  • the message displayed in the chat box 1112 includes a link 1113 .
  • the link 1113 may be used to display and trigger the electronic device 100 to display the corresponding page.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of dragging the link 1113 to the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen, and in response to the input, unfold the scrolling screen, display a chat page 1111 in the display area 405, and display the link 1113 on a part of the scrolling screen that is subsequently expanded. corresponding page.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input that the user drags the link 1113 in the retracting direction of the scrolling screen, and in response to the input, unfold the scrolling screen, and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405, and display it on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the scrolling screen. Chat page 1111.
  • the electronic device 100 may display one or two or more expanded hotspots in response to the user's input (for example, long press, drag, etc.) on the first link.
  • the electronic device 100 detects that the first link is dragged near the expansion hot area, in response to this operation, the electronic device 100 can switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the first link in the first area.
  • One page, and display the second page in the second area can Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, not only can more operation gestures be supported to unfold the scrolling screen, but also avoid the scene of unfolding the scrolling screen by mistaken touch.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the scroll expansion control in response to the user's input on the first link.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (such as clicking) on the scroll expansion control, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the second state in the first area.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a function control window 1121 as shown in FIG. 11C in response to the input.
  • the function control window 1121 may include one or more function controls.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1121A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405 , and display the chat page 1111 on the part of the scroll screen expanded subsequently.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1121B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 , and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the scroll screen.
  • the function control window 1121 may also include a direct opening control 1121C, which may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 .
  • a direct opening control 1121C which may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 .
  • the electronic device 100 displays the function prompt information of the scroll expansion control while displaying the scroll expansion control.
  • the function prompt information may be used to prompt the user electronic device 100 of the function of the scroll unfolding control. In this way, it is convenient for the user to unfold the scrolling screen and determine the display area of the second page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 1131 as shown in FIG. 11D in response to the input.
  • the prompt window 1131 may include one or more functional controls.
  • scroll expansion control 1131A scroll expansion control 1131B.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1131A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405 , and display the chat page 1111 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded from the scroll screen.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1131A includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1131A, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "left side unfolding display".
  • the scroll unfolding control 1131B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 , and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded from the scroll screen.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1131B includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1131B, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "Show on the right side".
  • the prompt window 1131 may include a direct opening control 1131C, and the direct opening control 1131C may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 .
  • the direct opening control 1131C includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the direct opening control 1131C, for example, the function prompt information may be text type prompt information: "current page display".
  • the electronic device 100 may display a text extraction area in response to the input, and the text extraction area may be used to display text content in the first page.
  • the electronic device 100 can select the corresponding text content, and perform operations (for example, copy, search, read aloud, translate, etc.) on the selected text content.
  • the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area .
  • display the second page in the first area and display the first page in the second area.
  • the selected text content is a link
  • the second page is the page corresponding to the link
  • the selected text content is text
  • the second page is a search page
  • the search page is used to display search results for the selected text content .
  • the electronic device 100 may receive an input from the user on the chat page 1111 (for example, press and hold with two fingers), and display a text extraction area 1141 as shown in FIG. 11E .
  • the text extraction area 1141 may include one or more text blocks, and each text block is used to display one or a string of text content.
  • text block 1142 displays a link.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive an input that the user drags the text block 1142 in the scroll screen unfolding direction.
  • the page corresponding to the link in the text block 1142 is displayed on a part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the axis screen (for example, the page may be the video playing page 421).
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input that the user drags the link 1113 in the retracting direction of the scrolling screen.
  • the scrolling screen is unfolded, and the page corresponding to the link in the text block 1142 is displayed in the display area 405 .
  • a chat page 1111 is displayed on the partial screen.
  • the display style of the first link may have multiple display forms. For example, it may be in the form of an IP address (for example, the link 1113 shown in Figure 11B), or it may be all or part of the content of the page indicated by the link (for example, the link 1151 shown in Figure 11F), etc. This is not limited.
  • the electronic device 100 may also receive other user inputs, unfold the scrolling screen, and determine the display area of the second page, which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a user's input, opening a scrolling screen, and determining a corresponding relationship between the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can receive the user's input, and flexibly set the input mode of opening the scroll screen and the display area of the second page.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first link, and the description of expanding the scrolling screen can refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned first window.
  • the description of inputting a link, displaying the third page corresponding to the first link, and retracting the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 please refer to the related description of the above-mentioned first window, which will not be repeated here.
  • the length of the scroll screen in the first state of the electronic device in the scroll unfolding direction may be any length (including the minimum length) between the minimum length and the maximum length of the visible display area.
  • the length of the scroll screen may be the same as the length of the scroll screen described in FIG.
  • the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 4E the first content (for example, the window 431 shown in FIG. 4E ).
  • the length of the scroll screen may be the same as that of any one of the scroll screens in FIG. 4F , FIG. 4G and FIG. 4H .
  • the visible display area of the scroll screen in the second state includes a first area and a second area, the first area displays a first page (for example, the video play page 421 shown in FIG. 4E ) and the second area displays a second page.
  • Two pages for example, the chat page 441 shown in Figure 4F, the chat page 441 shown in Figure 4G or the chat page 441 shown in Figure 4H
  • the first area displays a second page (for example, the chat page 441 shown in Figure 5B
  • the chatting page 441 shown) and the second area displays the first page (for example, the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 5B , the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 5C or the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 5D ).
  • the length of the scrolling screen when the scrolling screen is in the first state, the length of the scrolling screen may be the same as the length of the scrolling screen shown in FIG. and first content.
  • the length of the scroll screen when the scroll screen is in the second state, the length of the scroll screen may be the same as the length of the scroll screen shown in FIG. 4G , and the visible display area of the scroll screen includes a first area and a second area, and the first area displays the first page And the second area displays the second page, or, the first area displays the second page and the second area displays the first page.
  • the display screen of the electronic device 100 is a folding screen.
  • the folding methods of the folding screen on the electronic device can be divided into two categories.
  • One type is a folding screen that is folded outward (abbreviated as an outward folding screen), and the other is a folding screen that is folded inward (abbreviated as an inward folding screen).
  • the folding screen can be folded (for example, the folding screen can be folded along a folding edge or a folding axis) to form a first display screen and a second display screen.
  • the outwardly folding folding screen is folded, the first display screen and the second display screen are opposite to each other.
  • the inward folding screen is folded, the first display screen is opposite to the second display screen.
  • the first display screen can be called A screen
  • the second display screen may be referred to as a B screen. Therefore, the form of the folding screen can be divided into a folded state and an unfolded state.
  • the foldable screen When the foldable screen is in the folded state, the foldable screen can be folded into an A screen and a B screen.
  • the folding screen When the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the folding screen is a complete screen, including A screen and B screen.
  • screen A and screen B are two display areas of the folding screen, or are two independent display screens.
  • FIG. 12A-FIG. 12D show a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an inwardly folded screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12D is a schematic diagram of the fully unfolded shape of the inwardly folded screen.
  • the inwardly folded screen can be folded along the folded edge, and the A screen and the B screen can be folded toward each other to form the A screen and the B screen in a half-folded form as shown in FIG. 12C .
  • the outward-folding folding screen can be folded continuously along the folding edge to form a completely folded-outward folding screen as shown in FIG. 12A or FIG. 12B .
  • FIG. 12A or FIG. 12B after the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is completely folded, screen A and screen B face each other and are invisible to the user.
  • the electronic device 100 with an inward-folding screen provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes a display screen, which may be called a C-screen.
  • the C screen is on the back of the inward-folding screen.
  • the folding screen can be used to display the interface of the application.
  • the C screen is on the back of the folding screen.
  • the folding screen is folded and cannot be used by the user, and the C screen can be used to display the interface of the application.
  • the C screen may be located at the back of the A screen or the B screen, which is not limited in this application.
  • writing is performed with screen C on the back of screen A. It can be understood that, in other application scenarios, if the C screen is on the back of the B screen, the descriptions of the A screen and the B screen in the following embodiments can be replaced.
  • FIG. 13A-FIG. 13C show a schematic view of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an outwardly folding screen provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13C is a schematic diagram of a fully unfolded outward folding screen.
  • the outward-folding folding screen can be folded along the folding edge in the direction where the A screen and the B screen are facing away from each other, and the A screen and the B screen in a half-folded form as shown in FIG. 13B can be formed.
  • the outward-folding folding screen can be folded continuously along the folding edge to form the outward-turning folding screen in the folded state shown in FIG. 13A .
  • FIG. 13A after the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is completely folded, the A screen and the B screen face each other and are visible to the user.
  • the electronic device 100 may display interface content on screen A or screen B.
  • the electronic device 100 can display interface content on the A screen and the B screen.
  • the electronic device 100 in the folded state displays interface content on the screen A to compose. It can be understood that, in other application scenarios, if the electronic device 100 displays interface content on screen B in the folded state, the descriptions of screen A and screen B in the following embodiments may be replaced.
  • screen A may be the left half area of the folding screen
  • screen B may be the right half area of the folding screen
  • screen A may be the right half area of the folding screen
  • screen B may be the left half area of the folding screen
  • screen A may be the upper half of the folding screen
  • screen B may be the lower half of the folding screen
  • screen A may be the lower half of the folding screen
  • screen B may be the upper half of the folding screen.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a folding screen, and the folding screen can be folded into a first screen and a second screen.
  • the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a first state, and a first page and a first content are displayed on the first screen.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the first content of the electronic device 100, when the folding screen is in the second state, it can display the first page on the first screen and display the second page corresponding to the first content on the second screen. page. Alternatively, display the second page on the first screen, and display the first page on the second screen.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the expanded state based on the user's input, and the user can determine the layout of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the unfolded state .
  • the first content when the first content is the first icon or the first link, the first page includes the first content.
  • the first state may be a folded state, and the second state may be an unfolded state or half-open state.
  • the first screen is A screen
  • the second screen is B screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display prompt information after receiving the user's input on the first content.
  • the prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen.
  • the electronic device 100 includes an inward-folding folding screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window
  • the second page corresponding to the first window is displayed on the screen, and the first page is displayed on screen B of the folding screen in the unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine the display content of screen A and screen B of the folding screen before unfolding the folding screen.
  • the inward-folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a folded state, and a desktop 1201 is displayed on the screen C of the electronic device 100 .
  • the description of the desktop 1201 can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A . This will not be repeated here.
  • a window 1202 is displayed on the desktop 1201 of the electronic device 100, and the window 1202 can be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 has received a message.
  • the window 1202 can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a chat page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 1211 as shown in FIG. 12B in response to the input of the user dragging the window 1202 shown in FIG. 12A to the folding edge after receiving the input.
  • the prompt window 1211 may include prompt information, and the prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen, and the electronic device 100 will display the page corresponding to the window 1202 on the folding screen.
  • the prompt information displayed in the prompt window 1211 may include but not limited to text prompt information, animation prompt information, and the like.
  • the prompt window 1211 may display text-type prompt information: "The 'chat' application is about to be opened on the inner screen, please manually switch to the inner screen of the foldable screen to view the redirected page".
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives the input from the user to open the folding screen, it can gradually unfold the folding screen according to the user's input, and transform the folding screen from the folded state to the half-folded state, wherein the shape of the electronic device 100 in the half-folded state can be Refer to Figure 12C. As shown in FIG. 12C , when the folding screen is in a half-folding state, the electronic device 100 may continue to display the desktop 1201 on the C screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may cancel displaying the desktop 1201 on the C screen, and display pages corresponding to the desktop 1201 and the window 1202 on the folding screen.
  • the foldable screens of the electronic device 100 include a screen A and a screen B, and the electronic device 100 may display the chat page 1221 corresponding to the window 1202 on the A screen, and display the desktop 1201 on the B screen.
  • the description of the chat page 1221 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4F
  • the description of the desktop 1201 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page on screen A of the foldable screen in the unfolded state after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window of the first page in the opposite direction of the folded edge; Screen B of the folding screen displays the second page corresponding to the first window.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the window 1202 shown in FIG. 12A
  • the chat page 1221 is displayed on screen B of the unfolded folded screen
  • a desktop 1201 is displayed on screen A.
  • the electronic device 100 includes a folding screen and a first screen, and the folding screen can be folded into a second screen and a third screen.
  • the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a first state, and a first page and a first content are displayed on the first screen.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the first content of the electronic device 100, it can display the first page on the second screen when the folding screen is in the second state, and display the second page corresponding to the first content on the third screen. page.
  • the electronic device 100 can, based on the user's input, After determining the display areas of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the unfolded state, the user can determine the layout of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the unfolded state.
  • the first content is the first icon or the first link
  • the first page includes the first content.
  • the first state may be a folded state
  • the second state may be an unfolded state or a half-expanded state.
  • the first screen is C screen
  • the second screen is A screen
  • the third screen is B screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may display prompt information after receiving the user's input on the first content.
  • the prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen.
  • the electronic device 100 includes an outward-folding folding screen.
  • the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window
  • the second page corresponding to the first window is displayed on the screen, and the first page is displayed on screen A of the folding screen in the unfolded state.
  • the electronic device 100 can determine the display content of screen A and screen B of the folding screen before unfolding the folding screen.
  • the outward-folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a folded state, and a desktop 1301 is displayed on the screen A of the electronic device 100 .
  • the description of the desktop 1301 can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A . This will not be repeated here.
  • a window 1302 is displayed on the desktop 1301 of the electronic device 100, and the window 1302 can be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 has received a message.
  • the window 1302 can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a chat page.
  • the electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 1311 as shown in FIG. 13B in response to the input of the user dragging the window 1302 shown in FIG. 13A to the folded edge after receiving the input.
  • the prompt window 1311 may include prompt information, and the prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen, and the electronic device 100 will display the page corresponding to the window 1302 on the folding screen.
  • the prompt information displayed in the prompt window 1311 may include but not limited to text prompt information, animation prompt information, and the like.
  • the prompt window 1311 may display a text-type prompt message: "The 'chat' application will be opened on the unfolded screen, please manually open the folding screen to view the redirected page".
  • the electronic device 100 When the electronic device 100 receives the input from the user to open the folding screen, it can gradually unfold the folding screen according to the user's input, and transform the folding screen from the folded state to the half-folded state, wherein the shape of the electronic device 100 in the half-folded state can be Refer to Figure 13C. As shown in FIG. 13C , when the folding screen is in a half-folding state, the electronic device 100 may continue to display the desktop 1301 on screen A.
  • the folding screen of the electronic device 100 After the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is transformed from the half-folded state to the unfolded state, an interface as shown in FIG. 13D may be displayed.
  • the folding screen of the electronic device 100 includes a screen A and a screen B, and the electronic device 100 may display a chat page 1321 corresponding to the window 1302 on the B screen, and display a desktop 1301 on the A screen.
  • the description of the chat page 1321 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4F
  • the description of the desktop 1301 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the first page on screen A of the foldable screen in the unfolded state after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window of the first page in the opposite direction of the folded edge;
  • Screen B of the folding screen displays the second page corresponding to the first window.
  • the electronic device 100 displays the window 1302 shown in FIG. 13A
  • the chat page 1321 is displayed on screen A of the unfolded folding screen
  • a desktop 1301 is displayed on screen B.
  • the electronic device 100 may also receive other user input.
  • the display area of the second page may be determined by referring to the method mentioned above in the embodiment of rolling out the scroll screen, which is not limited in this application.
  • the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a corresponding relationship between the user's input and the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can flexibly set the display area of the second page by receiving the user's input.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first content in the fully unfolded state, displays the third page corresponding to the first content, and the folding screen of the electronic device 100 returns from the unfolded state to the folded state, etc. can participate See the embodiment of the above-mentioned scroll screen, which will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a first page, where the first page includes a picture-in-picture playback control and a video playback window.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input on the picture-in-picture play control, and transform the video play window into a minimized window icon.
  • the minimized window icon is suspended and displayed on the first page, and the minimized window icon does not include the display content of the video playback window.
  • the minimized window icon may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to expand the scrolling screen, display the first page in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and display the display content of the playing widget in the second area.
  • the display content of the play widget is displayed in the first area, and the first page is displayed in the second area.
  • the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for minimizing the window icon, expands the scroll screen, and displays the first page and the display content of the small playback window on the expanded scroll screen.
  • the first icon includes a minimized window icon.
  • the video playing page 1401 may include but not limited to a video playing window 1402 and a picture-in-picture playing control 1403 .
  • the video playing window 1402 may be used to display video images.
  • the minimized window icon 1412 as shown in FIG. 14B may be displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 displays a minimized window icon 1412, which can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to expand the scrolling screen, and display the video playback window 1402 in the display area 405 of the scrolling screen.
  • the video picture, or the video picture in the video play window 1402 is displayed in the display area of the scroll screen except the display area 405 .
  • the minimized window icon 1412 can be regarded as the first icon, that is, the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the minimized window icon 1412, and the description of the operation performed can refer to the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first icon The input and the operation performed will not be repeated here.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of dragging the minimized window icon 1412 in the opening direction of the scroll, and expand the scroll screen.
  • a video playing page 1401 is displayed in the display area 405
  • a playing page 1421 is displayed in another display area 1425 on the side of the opening direction of the scroll
  • the playing page 1421 includes a video playing window.
  • video screen it should be noted that, in the display area 1425, the video frame of the reduced video playback window may be displayed, or a part of the video frame of the video playback window may be displayed. It should also be noted that when the scrolling screen shown in FIG.
  • the scrolling screen can continue to unfold until it is in a fully unfolded state.
  • the video frame of the video play window may continue to be displayed, and the size of the video frame is larger than the size of the video frame in the play page 1421 .
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of dragging the minimized window icon 1412 in the scroll retracting direction, expand the scroll screen, and display the display content of the video playback window in the display area 405 on the side of the scroll retracting direction, and in the display area 1425 A video playing page 1401 is displayed.
  • the electronic device 100 may display the scroll expansion control in response to the user's input on the minimized window icon.
  • the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (for example, click) on the scroll expansion control, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scroll screen, display the first page in the first area, and display the video playback in the second area.
  • the display content of the window is displayed in the first area, and the first page is displayed in the second area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to expand the scroll screen more conveniently by using the scroll scroll to expand the control.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's response to the minimized window icon 1412 shown in FIG. 14B After input (for example, click), in response to the input, a prompt window 1431 as shown in FIG. 14D is displayed.
  • the prompt window 1431 may include one or more functional controls.
  • scroll expansion control 1431A scroll expansion control 1431B.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1431A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405 , and display the chat page 1111 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded from the scroll screen.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1431A includes function prompt information, and the function prompt information may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1431A, for example, the function prompt information may be a text type prompt information: "Display on the left".
  • the scroll unfolding control 1431B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 , and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the scroll screen.
  • the scroll unfolding control 1431B includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1431B, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "Show on the right side”.
  • the minimized window icon may also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the video playback window.
  • the small playing window is suspended and displayed on the first page, and the display content in the small playing window includes the display content of the video playing window.
  • the prompt window 1431 may include a floating display control 1431C, and the floating display control 1431C may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a small playback window in the display area 405, and the display content of the small playback window is the same as that of the video playback window 1402.
  • the floating display control 1431C includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the floating display control 1431C, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "display in floating window".
  • the electronic device 100 may transform the video playback window into a small playback window after receiving the user's input (for example, click) on the picture-in-picture playback control.
  • the small playing window is suspended and displayed on the first page, and the display content in the small playing window includes the display content of the video playing window.
  • the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input on the playback widget, and in response to the input, expand the scrolling screen, display the first page in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and display the display content of the playback widget in the second area .
  • the displayed content of the play widget is displayed in the first area, and the first page is displayed in the second area.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Computer Graphics (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed in the present application are a display method and a related apparatus. When a rollable screen of an electronic device is in a first state, a visible display area of the rollable screen comprises a first area; when the rollable screen is in a second state, the visible display area of the scroll screen comprises the first area and a second area. When the rollable screen of the electronic device is in the first state, a first page and first content are displayed in the first area. After receiving a first input about the first content, the electronic device may switch the rollable screen from the first state to the second state, display the first page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area, or, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. Therefore, a user does not need to manually unroll the rollable screen, and the electronic device can automatically unroll the rollable screen on the basis of the input of the user, and displays corresponding content in each display area of the unrolled rollable screen.

Description

一种显示方法及相关装置A display method and related device
本申请要求于2022年02月22日提交中国专利局、申请号为202210163674.8、申请名称为“一种显示方法及相关装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application with the application number 202210163674.8 and the application title "A Display Method and Related Device" filed with the China Patent Office on February 22, 2022, the entire contents of which are incorporated by reference in this application .
技术领域technical field
本申请涉及终端技术领域,尤其涉及一种显示方法及相关装置。The present application relates to the technical field of terminals, and in particular to a display method and related devices.
背景技术Background technique
随着电子设备的不断发展,越来越多具有显示屏的电子设备应用于人们的日常生活和工作中,如具有显示屏的手机等。并且伴随着屏幕技术的发展,电子设备的显示屏也变得越来越大,以给用户提供更丰富的信息,带给用户更好的使用体验。但是,电子设备的显示屏太大,会严重影响其便携性能。With the continuous development of electronic devices, more and more electronic devices with display screens are used in people's daily life and work, such as mobile phones with display screens. And with the development of screen technology, the display screens of electronic devices are becoming larger and larger, so as to provide users with richer information and bring users a better experience. However, the display screen of an electronic device is too large, which seriously affects its portability.
近年来所提出的配置有折叠屏的电子设备(例如折叠屏手机)、配置有卷轴屏的电子设备(例如卷轴屏手机)。不仅拥有较大的显示屏,还方便用户携带。目前,卷轴屏可以将屏幕隐藏在电子设备中,便于携带。当需要展开屏幕时,可以通过电机或者外力将屏幕完整展开。然而,当前没有针对卷轴屏不同的屏幕状态的显示方式。Electronic devices equipped with folding screens (such as folding screen mobile phones) and electronic devices equipped with scrolling screens (such as scrolling screen mobile phones) have been proposed in recent years. Not only has a larger display screen, but also is convenient for users to carry. At present, the scroll screen can hide the screen in the electronic device, which is easy to carry. When the screen needs to be unfolded, the screen can be completely unfolded by a motor or external force. However, currently there is no display method for different screen states of the scroll screen.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请提供了一种显示方法及相关装置,电子设备的卷轴屏处于第一状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域;卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域。电子设备的卷轴屏处于第一状态时,在第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一内容。电子设备可以在接收到针对第一内容的第一输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。The present application provides a display method and a related device. When the scroll screen of an electronic device is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the second area. area one and area two. When the scrolling screen of the electronic device is in the first state, the first page and the first content are displayed in the first area. After receiving the first input for the first content, the electronic device may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, display the first page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area.
实施本申请提供的显示方法,用户不需要自己手动展开卷轴屏,电子设备可以基于用户的输入,自动展开卷轴屏,并在展开后的卷轴屏的各个显示区域显示相应的内容。By implementing the display method provided by the present application, the user does not need to manually unfold the scrolling screen, and the electronic device can automatically unfold the scrolling screen based on the user's input, and display corresponding content in each display area of the unfolded scrolling screen.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种显示方法,应用于包括卷轴屏的电子设备,包括:卷轴屏处于第一状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域;卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域,处于第二状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于第一状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域;方法包括:In a first aspect, the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device including a scroll screen, including: when the scroll screen is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state , the visible display area of the scroll screen includes a first area and a second area, and the visible display area of the scroll screen in the second state is larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the first state; the method includes:
电子设备在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,在第一区域中显示第一页面和第一窗口,第一页面为第一应用的界面,第一窗口为第二应用的窗口;When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page and a first window in the first area, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第一输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态;After the electronic device receives the first input for the first window, switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state;
当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第二页面,第二页面为第一窗口对应的界面;或者,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面,第二页面为第二应用的界面。When the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area, and the second page is the interface corresponding to the first window; or, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area. There are two pages and the first page is displayed in the second area, and the second page is the interface of the second application.
这样,电子设备可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入后,不需要用户自行展开卷轴屏,自动将卷轴屏从未展开状态切换至半展开状态或完全展开状态,并可以在半展开状态或完全 展开状态的卷轴屏上同时显示第一页面和第二页面。In this way, after receiving the user's input on the first window, the electronic device can automatically switch the scroll screen from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state or the fully-expanded state without the need for the user to unfold the scroll screen, and can be in the half-expanded state or the fully-expanded state. completely The first page and the second page are simultaneously displayed on the scroll screen in the unfolded state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态之前,方法还包括:电子设备显示第一提示信息,第一提示信息用于提示用户是否将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。这样,可以提示用户卷轴屏将从第一状态切换至第二状态。In a possible implementation manner, before switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, the method further includes: the electronic device displays first prompt information, and the first prompt information is used to prompt the user whether to switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state. A state is switched to a second state. In this way, the user may be prompted that the scroll screen will switch from the first state to the second state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备显示第一提示信息的同时,还显示有确定控件;将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:电子设备接收到针对确定控件的第二输入后,响应于第二输入,取消显示第一提示信息,并将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。这样,电子设备可以基于用户输入确认是否展开卷轴屏,避免出现误触展开卷轴屏的情形。In a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device displays the first prompt information, it also displays a determination control; switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: the electronic device receives a confirmation control After the second input, in response to the second input, the display of the first prompt information is cancelled, and the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state. In this way, the electronic device can confirm whether to unfold the scrolling screen based on the user input, so as to avoid the situation of accidentally touching to unfold the scrolling screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:电子设备显示第一提示信息的时间达到第一时长后,取消显示第一提示信息,并将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。这样,用户不需要点击确认按键,就可以展开卷轴屏。可选的,电子设备显示有第一提示信息的同时,还可以显示有取消展开控件,取消展开控件可以用于触发电子设备取消显示第一提示信息,保持卷轴屏处于第一状态。In a possible implementation manner, switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: canceling the display of the first prompt information after the electronic device displays the first prompt information for a first duration, and turning the scroll The screen switches from the first state to the second state. In this way, the user can unfold the scrolling screen without clicking the confirmation button. Optionally, when the electronic device displays the first prompt information, it may also display a cancel expansion control, which can be used to trigger the electronic device to cancel displaying the first prompt information and keep the scrolling screen in the first state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一应用和第二应用相同;或者,第一应用和第二应用不同。这样,电子设备可以在第二状态的卷轴屏中同时显示同一个应用的两个页面或不同应用的两个页面。In a possible implementation manner, the first application is the same as the second application; or, the first application is different from the second application. In this way, the electronic device can simultaneously display two pages of the same application or two pages of different applications in the scrolling screen in the second state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二状态包括半展开状态或完全展开状态,其中,处于完全展开状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于半展开状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域,处于半展开状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于第一状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域。在一些实施例中,第一状态为卷轴屏的起始状态,处于第一状态的卷轴屏只显示有1个页面,第二状态包括两个状态,其中,完全展开状态为卷轴屏的最终状态,处于完全展开状态的卷轴屏显示有2个页面,半展开状态为第一状态和完全展开状态之间的中间状态,处于半展开状态的卷轴屏显示有1个页面和另一个页面的一部分,或,另一个缩小的页面。这样,电子设备可以灵活地显示应用界面。In a possible implementation manner, the second state includes a half-expanded state or a fully-expanded state, wherein the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the fully-expanded state is larger than the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the half-expanded state, and the half-expanded state The visible display area of the scroll screen in the state is larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the first state. In some embodiments, the first state is the initial state of the scroll screen, and the scroll screen in the first state only displays one page, and the second state includes two states, wherein the fully unfolded state is the final state of the scroll screen , the scroll screen in the fully expanded state displays 2 pages, the half-expanded state is an intermediate state between the first state and the fully expanded state, and the scroll screen in the half-expanded state displays 1 page and a part of another page, Or, another minified page. In this way, the electronic device can flexibly display the application interface.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当电子设备处于半展开状态时;方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device is in a half-expanded state; the method further includes:
电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面的部分;或,the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and displays the portion of the first page in the second area; or,
电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面的部分;或,the electronic device displays a first page in a first area and a portion of a second page in a second area; or,
电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示在卷轴屏展开方向上缩小的第一页面;或,The electronic device displays the second page in the first area, and displays the first page shrunk in the scrolling screen expansion direction in the second area; or,
电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示在卷轴屏展开方向上缩小的第二页面。The electronic device displays the first page in the first area, and displays the second page shrunk in the direction in which the scrolling screen unfolds in the second area.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一输入为向第一方向或第二方向拖动第一内容的输入,第一方向为卷轴屏展开的方向,第二方向为卷轴屏收回的方向。In a possible implementation manner, the first input is an input of dragging the first content in a first direction or a second direction, the first direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is unfolded, and the second direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is retracted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的第二方向侧;若第一输入为向第一方向拖动第一窗口的输入,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第二页面;或,若第一输入为向第二方向拖动第一窗口的输入,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户的不同输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。In a possible implementation manner, the first area is always displayed on the side of the visible display area in the second direction; if the first input is an input to drag the first window in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, The electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area; or, if the first input is an input for dragging the first window to the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device The second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
同理,当第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的第一方向侧时,若第一输入为向第一方向拖动第一窗口的输入,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面;或,若第一输入为向第二方向拖动第一窗口的输入,当卷轴屏处于第 二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第二页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户的不同输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。Similarly, when the first area is always displayed on the side of the visible display area in the first direction, if the first input is an input to drag the first window in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device displaying the second page in one area and displaying the first page in the second area; or, if the first input is an input for dragging the first window to the second direction, when the scrolling screen is in the first In the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一输入为针对第一窗口的拖动输入;电子设备收到针对第一窗口的第一输入,具体包括:电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的拖动输入过程中,显示展开热区;电子设备检测到第一窗口拖动至展开热区中;展开热区中显示展开热区的功能介绍信息。这样,可以防止用户误触第一窗口,展开卷轴屏。In a possible implementation manner, the first input is a drag input for the first window; receiving the first input for the first window by the electronic device specifically includes: receiving the drag input for the first window by the electronic device During the process, the hot zone for expansion is displayed; the electronic device detects that the first window is dragged into the hot zone for expansion; the hot zone for expansion displays the function introduction information of the hot zone for expansion. In this way, it is possible to prevent the user from accidentally touching the first window and unfolding the scrolling screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的拖动输入过程中,电子设备将第一窗口替换为指定图标。这样,可以便于用户拖动指定图标到展开热区附近。In a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device receives a drag input for the first window, the electronic device replaces the first window with the specified icon. In this way, it is convenient for the user to drag the specified icon to the vicinity of the expansion hot zone.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第一输入之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, after the electronic device receives the first input for the first window, the method further includes:
响应于第一输入,电子设备显示第一卷轴展开控件和第二卷轴展开控件;In response to the first input, the electronic device displays a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control;
将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:Switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, including:
当电子设备接收到针对第一卷轴展开控件的第三输入后,响应于第三输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面,在第二区域显示第二页面;After the electronic device receives the third input for the first scroll expansion control, in response to the third input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, in the first area Display the first page, and display the second page in the second area;
或者,当电子设备接收到针对第二卷轴展开控件的第四输入后,响应于第四输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面,在第二区域显示第三页面。这样,电子设备可以接收用户针对不同的卷轴展开控件的输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。Or, after the electronic device receives the fourth input for the second scroll expansion control, in response to the fourth input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, at the One area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page. In this way, the electronic device can receive the user's input for different scroll expansion controls, and determine the display areas of the first page and the second page.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一窗口包括卷轴展开控件;第一输入为针对卷轴展开控件的输入。In a possible implementation manner, the first window includes a scroll expansion control; the first input is an input for the scroll expansion control.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一窗口包括第一卷轴展开控件和第二卷轴展开控件;电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第一输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first window includes a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control; after the electronic device receives the first input for the first window, it switches the scroll screen from the first state to the second scroll screen. status, including:
当电子设备接收到用户针对第一卷轴展开控件的第一输入后,响应于第一输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面,在第二区域显示第二页面;After the electronic device receives the user's first input for the first scroll expansion control, in response to the first input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, in the first The first page is displayed in the area, and the second page is displayed in the second area;
或者,当电子设备接收到用户针对第二卷轴展开控件的第一输入后,响应于第一输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面,在第二区域显示第三页面。Or, after the electronic device receives the user's first input for the second scrolling control, in response to the first input, the scrolling screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the The first area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area, or the electronic device displays After the region displays the second page and after the second region displays the first page, the method further includes:
电子设备接收到用户打开第三页面的第五输入后,响应于第五输入,电子设备在卷轴屏的可见显示区域上分屏显示第一页面、第二页面和第三页面。这样,电子设备可以在完全展开的卷轴屏上同时显示3个页面。After the electronic device receives the fifth input that the user opens the third page, in response to the fifth input, the electronic device displays the first page, the second page and the third page in split screens on the visible display area of the scrolling screen. In this way, the electronic device can simultaneously display three pages on the fully unfolded scroll screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area, or the electronic device displays After the region displays the second page and after the second region displays the first page, the method further includes:
电子设备接收到第六输入;the electronic device receives a sixth input;
响应于第六输入,将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第一页面或第二页面。这样,不需要用户手动收回卷轴屏,电子设备可以自动收回卷轴屏。 In response to the sixth input, the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, the first page or the second page is displayed. In this way, the electronic device can automatically retract the scroll screen without the need for the user to manually retract the scroll screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备通过分隔线将可见显示区域分割为第一区域和第二区域,第六输入为针对分隔线的输入。In a possible implementation manner, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device divides the visible display area into the first area and the second area through the separation line, and the sixth input is an input for the separation line.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的第二方向侧;当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,若第六输入为向第一方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面;或,In a possible implementation manner, the first area is always displayed on the second direction side of the visible display area; when the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the first window is displayed in the second area For the corresponding second page, if the sixth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area; or,
当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,若第六输入为向第二方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面;或,When the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first window is displayed in the second area. When the screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面,若第六输入为向第一方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面;或,When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the sixth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面,若第六输入为向第二方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户的输入,确定出保留显示第一页面还是第二页面。When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the sixth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the first page in the first area. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether to keep displaying the first page or the second page based on the user's input.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备还显示有卷轴收回控件,第六输入为针对卷轴收回控件的输入。这样,用户可以通过卷轴收回控件,将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态。In a possible implementation manner, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device further displays a scroll retract control, and the sixth input is an input for the scroll retract control. In this way, the user can switch the scrolling screen from the second state to the first state by retracting the scrolling control.
在一种可能的实现方式中,卷轴收回控件包括第一卷轴收回子控件和第二卷轴收回子控件;将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第一页面或第二页面,具体包括:In a possible implementation manner, the scroll retracting control includes a first scroll retracting sub-control and a second scroll retracting sub-control; the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, Display the first or second page, including:
当第六输入为针对第一卷轴收回子控件的输入时,电子设备将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第一页面;或,When the sixth input is an input for retracting the first scroll sub-control, the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the first page when the scroll screen is in the first state; or,
当第六输入为针对第二卷轴收回子控件的输入时,电子设备将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第二页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户针对不同卷轴收回子控件的输入,确定出第一状态的卷轴屏显示第一页面还是第二页面。When the sixth input is an input for the second scroll retracting sub-control, the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the second page when the scroll screen is in the first state. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether the scroll screen in the first state displays the first page or the second page based on the user's input for different scroll retraction sub-controls.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,在第一区域中显示第一页面和第一窗口,具体包括:电子设备接收第一通知消息;电子设备显示第一窗口,第一窗口包括第一通知消息的部分内容。In a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device is in the first state on the scrolling screen, displaying the first page and the first window in the first area specifically includes: the electronic device receives the first notification message; the electronic device displays the first notification message; A window, the first window includes part of the content of the first notification message.
在一些实施例中,第一通知消息可以为第二应用的通知消息,第二应用和第一应用可以相同,也可以不同。In some embodiments, the first notification message may be a notification message of the second application, and the second application may be the same as or different from the first application.
在一些实施例中,第一通知消息可以为用户发送的消息或其他联系人发送的消息。In some embodiments, the first notification message may be a message sent by a user or a message sent by another contact.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一窗口显示有视频画面。In a possible implementation manner, the first window displays video images.
在一些实施例中,电子设备显示有第一页面,第一页面包括视频播放窗口和画中画播放控件;当电子设备接收到针对画中画播放控件的输入后,在第一页面上显示第一窗口,第一窗口包括视频播放窗口的视频画面。In some embodiments, the electronic device displays a first page, and the first page includes a video playback window and a picture-in-picture playback control; when the electronic device receives an input for the picture-in-picture playback control, it displays the first page on the first page. One window, the first window includes the video picture of the video playing window.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种显示方法,应用于包括卷轴屏的电子设备,包括:卷轴屏处于第一状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域;卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域;方法包括: In a second aspect, the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device including a scroll screen, including: when the scroll screen is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state , the visible display area of the scrolling screen includes a first area and a second area; the method includes:
电子设备在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,在第一区域中显示第一页面,第一页面包括第一链接或第一图标;When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page in the first area, where the first page includes a first link or a first icon;
电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的第七输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态;After the electronic device receives a seventh input for the first link or the first icon, switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state;
当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面。When the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon in the second area, or the electronic device displays the second page in the first area And display the first page in the second area.
这样,电子设备可以在接收到用户针对第一链接或第一图标的输入后,不需要用户自行展开卷轴屏,自动将卷轴屏从未展开状态切换至半展开状态或完全展开状态,并可以在半展开状态或完全展开状态的卷轴屏上同时显示第一页面和第二页面。In this way, after receiving the user's input on the first link or the first icon, the electronic device can automatically switch the scroll screen from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state or fully expanded state without the need for the user to unfold the scroll screen, and can The first page and the second page are simultaneously displayed on the scroll screen in the half-expanded state or the fully-expanded state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态之前,方法还包括:电子设备显示第一提示信息,第一提示信息用于提示用户是否将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。这样,可以提示用户卷轴屏将从第一状态切换至第二状态。In a possible implementation manner, before switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, the method further includes: the electronic device displays first prompt information, and the first prompt information is used to prompt the user whether to switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state. A state is switched to a second state. In this way, the user may be prompted that the scroll screen will switch from the first state to the second state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备显示第一提示信息的同时,还显示有确定控件;将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:电子设备接收到针对确定控件的第二输入后,响应于第二输入,取消显示第一提示信息,并将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。这样,电子设备可以基于用户输入确认是否展开卷轴屏,避免出现误触展开卷轴屏的情形。In a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device displays the first prompt information, it also displays a determination control; switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: the electronic device receives a confirmation control After the second input, in response to the second input, the display of the first prompt information is cancelled, and the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state. In this way, the electronic device can confirm whether to unfold the scrolling screen based on the user input, so as to avoid the situation of accidentally touching to unfold the scrolling screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:电子设备显示第一提示信息的时间达到第一时长后,取消显示第一提示信息,并将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。这样,用户不需要点击确认按键,就可以展开卷轴屏。可选的,电子设备显示有第一提示信息的同时,还可以显示有取消展开控件,取消展开控件可以用于触发电子设备取消显示第一提示信息,保持卷轴屏处于第一状态。In a possible implementation manner, switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: canceling the display of the first prompt information after the electronic device displays the first prompt information for a first duration, and turning the scroll The screen switches from the first state to the second state. In this way, the user can unfold the scrolling screen without clicking the confirmation button. Optionally, when the electronic device displays the first prompt information, it may also display a cancel expansion control, which can be used to trigger the electronic device to cancel displaying the first prompt information and keep the scrolling screen in the first state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一页面为第一应用的界面,第二页面为第二应用的界面。第一应用和第二应用相同,或,第一应用和第二应用不同。这样,电子设备可以在第二状态的卷轴屏中同时显示同一个应用的两个页面或不同应用的两个页面。In a possible implementation manner, the first page is an interface of the first application, and the second page is an interface of the second application. The first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application. In this way, the electronic device can simultaneously display two pages of the same application or two pages of different applications in the scrolling screen in the second state.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第二状态包括半展开状态或完全展开状态,其中,处于完全展开状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于半展开状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域,处于半展开状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于第一状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域。在一些实施例中,第一状态为卷轴屏的起始状态,处于第一状态的卷轴屏只显示有1个页面,第二状态包括两个状态,其中,完全展开状态为卷轴屏的最终状态,处于完全展开状态的卷轴屏显示有2个页面,半展开状态为第一状态和完全展开状态之间的中间状态,处于半展开状态的卷轴屏显示有1个页面和另一个页面的一部分,或,另一个缩小的页面。这样,电子设备可以灵活地显示应用界面。In a possible implementation manner, the second state includes a half-expanded state or a fully-expanded state, wherein the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the fully-expanded state is larger than the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the half-expanded state, and the half-expanded state The visible display area of the scroll screen in the state is larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the first state. In some embodiments, the first state is the initial state of the scroll screen, and the scroll screen in the first state only displays one page, and the second state includes two states, wherein the fully unfolded state is the final state of the scroll screen , the scroll screen in the fully expanded state displays 2 pages, the half-expanded state is an intermediate state between the first state and the fully expanded state, and the scroll screen in the half-expanded state displays 1 page and a part of another page, Or, another minified page. In this way, the electronic device can flexibly display the application interface.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当电子设备处于半展开状态时;方法还包括:电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面的部分;或,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面的部分;或,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示在卷轴屏展开方向上缩小的第一页面;或,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示在卷轴屏展开方向上缩小的第二页面。In a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device is in a half-expanded state; the method further includes: the electronic device displays a second page in the first area, and displays a part of the first page in the second area; or, the electronic device displays the second page in the second area; The first area displays the first page, and displays a part of the second page in the second area; or, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area, and displays the first page shrunk in the scroll screen expansion direction in the second area ; Or, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area, and displays the second page in the second area that shrinks in the direction in which the scrolling screen unfolds.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第七输入为向第一方向或第二方向拖动第一内容的输入,第一方向为卷轴屏展开的方向,第二方向为卷轴屏收回的方向。In a possible implementation manner, the seventh input is an input of dragging the first content in a first direction or a second direction, the first direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is unfolded, and the second direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is retracted.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的第二方向侧;若第七输 入为向第一方向拖动第一链接或第一图标的输入,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第二页面;或,若第七输入为向第二方向拖动第一链接或第一图标的输入,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户的不同输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。In a possible implementation manner, the first area is always displayed on the second direction side of the visible display area; if the seventh input The input is the input of dragging the first link or the first icon in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area; or, if The seventh input is an input of dragging the first link or the first icon in the second direction. When the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
同理,当第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的第一方向侧时,若第一输入为向第一方向拖动第一窗口的输入,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面;或,若第一输入为向第二方向拖动第一窗口的输入,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第二页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户的不同输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。Similarly, when the first area is always displayed on the side of the visible display area in the first direction, if the first input is an input to drag the first window in the first direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device Displaying the second page in one area and displaying the first page in the second area; or, if the first input is an input for dragging the first window in the second direction, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device is in the first area Display the first page and display the second page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on different inputs of the user.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第七输入为针对第一链接或第一图标的拖动输入;电子设备收到针对第一链接或第一图标的第七输入,具体包括:电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的拖动输入过程中,显示展开热区;电子设备检测到第一链接或第一图标拖动至展开热区中;展开热区中显示展开热区的功能介绍信息。这样,可以防止用户误触第一链接或第一图标,展开卷轴屏。In a possible implementation manner, the seventh input is a drag input for the first link or the first icon; receiving the seventh input for the first link or the first icon by the electronic device specifically includes: the electronic device receives During the input process of dragging the first link or the first icon, the expansion hot zone is displayed; the electronic device detects that the first link or the first icon is dragged into the expansion hot zone; the function introduction of the expansion hot zone is displayed in the expansion hot zone information. In this way, the user can be prevented from accidentally touching the first link or the first icon to unfold the scrolling screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的拖动输入过程中,电子设备将第一链接或第一图标替换为指定图标。这样,可以便于用户拖动指定图标到展开热区附近。In a possible implementation manner, when the electronic device receives a drag input for the first link or the first icon, the electronic device replaces the first link or the first icon with a specified icon. In this way, it is convenient for the user to drag the specified icon to the vicinity of the expansion hot zone.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的第七输入之后,方法还包括:响应于第七输入,电子设备显示第一卷轴展开控件和第二卷轴展开控件;In a possible implementation manner, after the electronic device receives a seventh input for the first link or the first icon, the method further includes: in response to the seventh input, the electronic device displays the first scroll expansion control and the second scroll expansion control. control;
将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:当电子设备接收到针对第一卷轴展开控件的第三输入后,响应于第三输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面,在第二区域显示第二页面;Switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes: after the electronic device receives a third input for the first scroll unfolding control, switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state in response to the third input state, and when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area, and the second page is displayed in the second area;
或者,当电子设备接收到针对第二卷轴展开控件的第四输入后,响应于第四输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面,在第二区域显示第三页面。这样,电子设备可以接收用户针对不同的卷轴展开控件的输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。Or, after the electronic device receives the fourth input for the second scroll expansion control, in response to the fourth input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, at the One area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page. In this way, the electronic device can receive the user's input for different scroll expansion controls, and determine the display areas of the first page and the second page.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一链接或第一图标包括卷轴展开控件;第七输入为针对卷轴展开控件的输入。In a possible implementation manner, the first link or the first icon includes a scroll expansion control; the seventh input is an input for the scroll expansion control.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一链接或第一图标包括第一卷轴展开控件和第二卷轴展开控件;电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的第七输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,具体包括:In a possible implementation manner, the first link or the first icon includes a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control; after the electronic device receives the seventh input for the first link or the first icon, the scroll screen Switching from the first state to the second state specifically includes:
当电子设备接收到用户针对第一卷轴展开控件的第七输入后,响应于第七输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面,在第二区域显示第二页面;After the electronic device receives the user's seventh input for the first scroll expansion control, in response to the seventh input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, the first The first page is displayed in the area, and the second page is displayed in the second area;
或者,当电子设备接收到用户针对第二卷轴展开控件的第七输入后,响应于第七输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,并在卷轴屏处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面,在第二区域显示第三页面。Or, after the electronic device receives the user's seventh input for the second scroll expansion control, in response to the seventh input, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and when the scroll screen is in the second state, the The first area displays the second page, and the second area displays the third page.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面之后,方法还包括: In a possible implementation manner, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon in the second area, or the electronic device After the device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area, the method further includes:
电子设备接收到用户打开第三页面的输入后,响应于该打开第三页面的输入,电子设备在卷轴屏的可见显示区域上分屏显示第一页面、第二页面和第三页面。这样,电子设备可以在完全展开的卷轴屏上同时显示3个页面。After the electronic device receives the user's input of opening the third page, in response to the input of opening the third page, the electronic device displays the first page, the second page and the third page in split screens on the visible display area of the scrolling screen. In this way, the electronic device can simultaneously display three pages on the fully unfolded scroll screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面之后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation manner, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon in the second area, or the electronic device After the device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area, the method further includes:
电子设备接收到第十输入;The electronic device receives a tenth input;
响应于第十输入,将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第一页面或第二页面。这样,不需要用户手动收回卷轴屏,电子设备可以自动收回卷轴屏。In response to the tenth input, the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, the first page or the second page is displayed. In this way, the electronic device can automatically retract the scroll screen without the need for the user to manually retract the scroll screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备通过分隔线将可见显示区域分割为第一区域和第二区域,第十输入为针对分隔线的输入。In a possible implementation manner, when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device divides the visible display area into the first area and the second area through the separation line, and the tenth input is an input for the separation line.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的第二方向侧;当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,若第十输入为向第一方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面;或,In a possible implementation manner, the first area is always displayed on the second direction side of the visible display area; when the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the first link is displayed in the second area or the second page corresponding to the first icon, if the tenth input is an input of dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area; or,
当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域显示第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,若第十输入为向第二方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面;或,When the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon is displayed in the second area, if the tenth input is to drag the dividing line in the second direction input, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面,若第十输入为向第一方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第二页面;或,When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area. If the tenth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the first direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
当电子设备处于第二状态时,在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域显示第一页面,若第十输入为向第二方向拖动分隔线的输入,当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,电子设备在第一区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户的输入,确定出保留显示第一页面还是第二页面。When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the tenth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state , the electronic device displays the first page in the first area. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether to keep displaying the first page or the second page based on the user's input.
在一种可能的实现方式中,当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,电子设备还显示有卷轴收回控件,第十输入为针对卷轴收回控件的输入。这样,用户可以通过卷轴收回控件,将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态。In a possible implementation manner, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device further displays a scroll retraction control, and the tenth input is an input for the scroll retraction control. In this way, the user can switch the scrolling screen from the second state to the first state by retracting the scrolling control.
在一种可能的实现方式中,卷轴收回控件包括第一卷轴收回子控件和第二卷轴收回子控件;将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第一页面或第二页面,具体包括:In a possible implementation manner, the scroll retracting control includes a first scroll retracting sub-control and a second scroll retracting sub-control; the scroll screen is switched from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, Display the first or second page, including:
当第十输入为针对第一卷轴收回子控件的输入时,电子设备将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第一页面;或,When the tenth input is an input for retracting the first scroll sub-control, the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the first page when the scroll screen is in the first state; or,
当第十输入为针对第二卷轴收回子控件的输入时,电子设备将卷轴屏从第二状态切换至第一状态,并在卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示第二页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户针对不同卷轴收回子控件的输入,确定出第一状态的卷轴屏显示第一页面还是第二页面。When the tenth input is an input for the second scroll retracting sub-control, the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and displays the second page when the scroll screen is in the first state. In this way, the electronic device can determine whether the scroll screen in the first state displays the first page or the second page based on the user's input for different scroll retraction sub-controls.
第三方面,本申请提供了一种显示方法,应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备,包括:折叠屏可折叠为第一屏和第二屏,折叠屏处于第一状态时,折叠屏通过第一屏显示页面内容,折叠屏处于第二状态时,折叠屏通过第一屏和第二屏显示页面内容;方法包括: In a third aspect, the present application provides a display method, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a first screen and a second screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the folding screen passes through the first screen When the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the first screen and the second screen; the method includes:
电子设备在折叠屏处于第一状态时,在第一屏中显示第一页面和第一窗口,第一页面为第一应用的界面,第一窗口为第二应用的窗口;The electronic device displays a first page and a first window on the first screen when the folding screen is in the first state, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第八输入后,接收到将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态的输入;After receiving the eighth input for the first window, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
当折叠屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一屏显示第一页面并在第二屏显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第一屏显示第二页面并在第二屏显示第一页面。When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the first screen and the second page corresponding to the first window on the second screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the first screen and displays the second page on the second screen. The screen displays the first page.
这样,电子设备可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入后,确定出第一页面和第二页面在第二状态的折叠屏的显示区域。In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一应用和第二应用相同,或者,第一应用和第二应用不同。In a possible implementation manner, the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第八输入后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after the electronic device receives the eighth input for the first window, the method further includes:
响应于第八输入,显示打开提示信息,该打开提示信息用于提示用户将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。In response to the eighth input, opening prompt information is displayed, and the opening prompt information is used to prompt the user to switch the folding screen from the first state to the second state.
第四方面,本申请提供了一种显示方法,应用于包括折叠屏和第一屏的电子设备,包括:折叠屏可折叠为第二屏和第三屏,折叠屏处于第一状态时,电子设备通过第一屏显示页面内容;折叠屏处于第二状态时,折叠屏通过第二屏和第三屏显示页面内容;方法包括:In a fourth aspect, the present application provides a display method, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen and a first screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a second screen and a third screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the electronic The device displays the page content through the first screen; when the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the second screen and the third screen; the method includes:
电子设备在折叠屏处于第一状态时,在第一屏中显示第一页面和第一窗口,第一页面为第一应用的界面,第一窗口为第二应用的窗口;The electronic device displays a first page and a first window on the first screen when the folding screen is in the first state, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第九输入后,接收到将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态的输入;After receiving the ninth input for the first window, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
当折叠屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第二屏显示第一页面并在第三屏显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第二屏显示第二页面并在第三屏显示第一页面。When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the second screen and the second page corresponding to the first window on the third screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the second screen and displays the second page on the third screen. The screen displays the first page.
这样,电子设备可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入后,确定出第一页面和第二页面在第二状态的折叠屏的显示区域。In this way, the electronic device can determine the display areas of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一应用和第二应用相同,或者,第一应用和第二应用不同。In a possible implementation manner, the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第八输入后,方法还包括:In a possible implementation, after the electronic device receives the eighth input for the first window, the method further includes:
响应于第八输入,显示打开提示信息,该打开提示信息用于提示用户将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。In response to the eighth input, opening prompt information is displayed, and the opening prompt information is used to prompt the user to switch the folding screen from the first state to the second state.
第五方面,本申请提供了一种显示方法,应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备,包括:折叠屏可折叠为第一屏和第二屏,折叠屏处于第一状态时,折叠屏通过第一屏显示页面内容,折叠屏处于第二状态时,折叠屏通过第一屏和第二屏显示页面内容;方法包括:In a fifth aspect, the present application provides a display method applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a first screen and a second screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the folding screen passes through the first screen When the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the first screen and the second screen; the method includes:
电子设备在折叠屏处于第一状态时,在第一屏中显示第一页面和第一链接或第一图标,第一页面为第一应用的界面,第一链接或第一图标为第二应用的窗口;When the electronic device is in the first state of the folding screen, the first page and the first link or the first icon are displayed on the first screen, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first link or the first icon is the second application window;
电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的第八输入后,接收到将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态的输入;After receiving the eighth input for the first link or the first icon, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
当折叠屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第一屏显示第一页面并在第二屏显示第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第一屏显示第二页面并在第二屏显示第一页面。When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the first screen and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon on the second screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the first screen And display the first page on the second screen.
这样,电子设备可以在接收到用户针对第一链接或第一图标的输入后,确定出第一页面和第二页面在第二状态的折叠屏的显示区域。In this way, the electronic device may determine the display area of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first link or the first icon.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一应用和第二应用相同,或者,第一应用和第二应用不同。 In a possible implementation manner, the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备接收到针对第一窗口的第八输入后,方法还包括:响应于第八输入,显示打开提示信息,该打开提示信息用于提示用户将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。In a possible implementation manner, after the electronic device receives the eighth input for the first window, the method further includes: in response to the eighth input, displaying opening prompt information, where the opening prompt information is used to prompt the user to fold the screen Switch from the first state to the second state.
第六方面,本申请提供了一种显示方法,应用于包括折叠屏和第一屏的电子设备,包括:折叠屏可折叠为第二屏和第三屏,折叠屏处于第一状态时,电子设备通过第一屏显示页面内容;折叠屏处于第二状态时,折叠屏通过第二屏和第三屏显示页面内容;方法包括:In a sixth aspect, the present application provides a display method, which is applied to an electronic device including a folding screen and a first screen, including: the folding screen can be folded into a second screen and a third screen; when the folding screen is in the first state, the electronic The device displays the page content through the first screen; when the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the second screen and the third screen; the method includes:
电子设备在折叠屏处于第一状态时,在第一屏中显示第一页面和第一链接或第一图标,第一页面为第一应用的界面,第一链接或第一图标为第二应用的窗口;When the electronic device is in the first state of the folding screen, the first page and the first link or the first icon are displayed on the first screen, the first page is the interface of the first application, and the first link or the first icon is the second application window;
电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的第九输入后,接收到将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态的输入;After receiving the ninth input for the first link or the first icon, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
当折叠屏处于第二状态时,电子设备在第二屏显示第一页面并在第三屏显示第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,或者,电子设备在第二屏显示第二页面并在第三屏显示第一页面。When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the second screen and the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon on the third screen, or the electronic device displays the second page on the second screen And display the first page on the third screen.
这样,电子设备可以在接收到用户针对第一链接或第一图标的输入后,确定出第一页面和第二页面在第二状态的折叠屏的显示区域。In this way, the electronic device may determine the display area of the folding screen of the first page and the second page in the second state after receiving the user's input on the first link or the first icon.
在一种可能的实现方式中,第一应用和第二应用相同,或者,第一应用和第二应用不同。In a possible implementation manner, the first application is the same as the second application, or the first application is different from the second application.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在电子设备接收到针对第一链接或第一图标的第八输入后,方法还包括:响应于第八输入,显示打开提示信息,该打开提示信息用于提示用户将折叠屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。In a possible implementation manner, after the electronic device receives an eighth input for the first link or the first icon, the method further includes: in response to the eighth input, displaying opening prompt information, where the opening prompt information is used to prompt The user switches the folding screen from the first state to the second state.
第七方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,包括:一个或多个处理器、卷轴屏、一个或多个存储器。其中,该卷轴屏、一个或多个存储器与该一个或多个处理器耦合,该一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当该一个或多个处理器在执行该计算机指令时,使得该第一电子设备执行上述第一方面任一项或第二方面任一项可能的实现方式中的显示方法。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a scrolling screen, and one or more memories. Wherein, the scroll screen, one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, when the one or more processors When the computer instruction is executed, the first electronic device is made to execute the display method in the possible implementation manners of any one of the above first aspect or any one of the second aspect.
第八方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在第一电子设备上运行时,使得第一电子设备执行上述第一方面任一项或第二方面任一项可能的实现方式中的显示方法。In the eighth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on the first electronic device, the first electronic device executes any one of the above-mentioned first aspect or the second aspect. A display method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
第九方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,包括:一个或多个处理器、折叠屏、一个或多个存储器。其中,该折叠屏、一个或多个存储器与该一个或多个处理器耦合,该一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当该一个或多个处理器在执行该计算机指令时,使得该第一电子设备执行上述第三方面任一项或第五方面任一项可能的实现方式中的显示方法。In a ninth aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a folding screen, and one or more memories. Wherein, the folding screen, one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, when the one or more processors When the computer instruction is executed, the first electronic device is made to execute the display method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above third aspect or any one of the fifth aspect.
第十方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在第一电子设备上运行时,使得第一电子设备执行上述第三方面任一项或第五方面任一项可能的实现方式中的显示方法。In the tenth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions, and when the computer instructions are run on the first electronic device, the first electronic device executes any one of the above-mentioned third aspects or the fifth aspect. A display method in any possible implementation of the aspect.
第十一方面,本申请提供了一种电子设备,包括:一个或多个处理器、折叠屏、第一屏、 一个或多个存储器。其中,该折叠屏、第一屏、一个或多个存储器与该一个或多个处理器耦合,该一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,该计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当该一个或多个处理器在执行该计算机指令时,使得该第一电子设备执行上述第四方面任一项或第六方面任一项可能的实现方式中的显示方法。In an eleventh aspect, the present application provides an electronic device, including: one or more processors, a folding screen, a first screen, one or more stores. Wherein, the folding screen, the first screen, and one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, and the computer program codes include computer instructions. When the one or more When the multiple processors execute the computer instructions, the first electronic device executes the display method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the fourth aspect or any one of the sixth aspects.
第十二方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在第一电子设备上运行时,使得第一电子设备执行上述第四方面任一项或第六方面任一项可能的实现方式中的显示方法。In the twelfth aspect, the embodiment of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium, including computer instructions. When the computer instructions are run on the first electronic device, the first electronic device executes any one of the fourth aspect or the first electronic device. A display method in a possible implementation of any one of the six aspects.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种具有卷轴屏的电子设备100的产品形态示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with a scrolling screen provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2A为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的硬件结构示意图;FIG. 2A is a schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图2B为本申请实施例提供的一种电子设备的软件结构示意图;FIG. 2B is a schematic diagram of a software structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图3A为本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图;FIG. 3A is a schematic flowchart of a display method provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3B为本申请实施例提供的一种展开卷轴屏的过程示意图;FIG. 3B is a schematic diagram of a process of unfolding a scroll screen provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3C为本申请实施例提供的另一种展开卷轴屏的过程示意图;FIG. 3C is a schematic diagram of another unfolding scroll screen provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图4A-图4I为本申请实施例提供的一组界面示意图;Figure 4A-Figure 4I are a set of schematic diagrams of the interface provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图5A-图5E为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;Fig. 5A-Fig. 5E are another set of schematic interface diagrams provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图6A-图6D为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;Figures 6A-6D are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图7A-图7F为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;Fig. 7A-Fig. 7F are another set of interface diagrams provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图8A-图8B为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;8A-8B are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一张界面示意图;Fig. 9 is a schematic interface diagram provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图10A-图10E为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;Figures 10A-10E are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图11A-图11F为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;Figures 11A-11F are another set of schematic diagrams of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图12A-图12D为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;12A-12D are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图13A-图13D为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;13A-13D are schematic diagrams of another set of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application;
图14A-图14D为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图。14A-14D are another set of schematic diagrams of interfaces provided by the embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、详尽地描述。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Among them, in the description of the embodiments of this application, unless otherwise specified, "/" means or means, for example, A/B can mean A or B; "and/or" in the text is only a description of associated objects The association relationship of indicates that there may be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。Hereinafter, the terms "first" and "second" are used for descriptive purposes only, and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly specifying the quantity of indicated technical features. Therefore, the features defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of these features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, the "multiple" The meaning is two or more.
本申请实施例提供了一种显示方法,该方法可以应用于具有卷轴屏的电子设备。该电子设备的卷轴屏可延垂直于卷轴的方向拉出或卷回,改变卷轴屏垂直于卷轴方向的屏幕长度。 An embodiment of the present application provides a display method, which can be applied to an electronic device with a scrolling screen. The scrolling screen of the electronic device can be pulled out or rolled back along the direction perpendicular to the scrolling shaft, and the screen length of the scrolling screen perpendicular to the scrolling shaft direction can be changed.
例如,图1示出了本申请实施例提供的一种具有卷轴屏的电子设备100的产品形态示意图。卷轴屏的形态可以被划分为未展开状态、半展开状态和完全展开状态。其中,图1中的(a)为卷轴屏未展开状态的示意图。当卷轴屏处于未展开状态时,卷轴屏的一部分屏幕隐藏在电子设备100的机身内,电子设备100可以在展开的另一部分屏幕上显示应用的界面,此时,屏幕的长度为第一长度。该卷轴屏隐藏在机身内的部分屏幕可以向指定方向(例如,图中所示箭头方向)伸展。当卷轴屏的屏幕还未完全展开时,卷轴屏处于半展开状态,如图1中的(b)所示。当卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,卷轴屏隐藏在机身内的部分屏幕减少,显露在机身表面的部分屏幕增多,直到卷轴屏全部都显露在机身表面。当卷轴屏全部都显露在机身表面时,卷轴屏处于完全展开状态,如图1中的(c)所示,此时屏幕的长度为第二长度。其中,第二长度大于第一长度。可以理解的是,当屏幕的长度大于第一长度,且小于第二长度时,卷轴屏处于半展开状态。For example, FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with a scrolling screen provided in an embodiment of the present application. The form of the scroll screen can be divided into an unfolded state, a half-expanded state and a fully unfolded state. Wherein, (a) in FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an unexpanded state of the scroll screen. When the scrolling screen is in the unexpanded state, a part of the screen of the scrolling screen is hidden in the body of the electronic device 100, and the electronic device 100 can display the interface of the application on another part of the screen that is unfolded. At this time, the length of the screen is the first length . The part of the screen hidden in the fuselage of the scrolling screen can be extended in a specified direction (for example, the direction of the arrow shown in the figure). When the screen of the scrolling screen is not fully unfolded, the scrolling screen is in a half-expanded state, as shown in (b) in FIG. 1 . When the scrolling screen is half unfolded, the part of the scrolling screen hidden in the fuselage decreases, and the part of the screen exposed on the fuselage surface increases until all the scrolling screens are exposed on the fuselage surface. When all the scrolling screens are exposed on the surface of the fuselage, the scrolling screen is in a fully unfolded state, as shown in (c) in FIG. 1 , and the length of the screen at this time is the second length. Wherein, the second length is greater than the first length. It can be understood that when the length of the screen is greater than the first length and less than the second length, the scrolling screen is in a half-expanded state.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,卷轴屏可以延垂直于卷轴的第一方向展开屏幕,从未展开状态,经过半展开状态,到完全展开状态。同理,卷轴屏也可以延垂直于卷轴的第二方向收回屏幕,从完全展开状态,经过半展开状态,到未展开状态。其中,第一方向和第二方向相反。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the scrolling screen can be unfolded along a first direction perpendicular to the scrolling axis, from an undeployed state, through a half-expanded state, to a fully unfolded state. Similarly, the scroll screen can also retract the screen along the second direction perpendicular to the scroll, from a fully unfolded state, through a half-expanded state, to an unexpanded state. Wherein, the first direction is opposite to the second direction.
还需要说明的是,卷轴屏分为可见显示区域和不可见显示区域,其中,可见显示区域为卷轴屏显露的部分屏幕上的显示区域。不可见显示区域为卷轴屏隐藏的部分屏幕上的显示区域。其中,可见显示区域包括第一区域,该第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的固定方向侧,且尺寸不变。其中,该固定方向可以为第一方向,或者第二方向。当卷轴屏处于第一状态时,可见显示区域和第一区域相同,第一状态为未展开状态。当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域,第二状态包括半展开状态和完全展开状态。其中,第二区域可以是可见显示区域中除了第一区域以外的显示区域。需进一步说明的是,当卷轴屏处于完全展开状态时,第二区域可以称为第三区域,即,第三区域大于第二区域,第二区域为第一状态的电子设备展开一部分卷轴屏时的可见显示区域中除了第一区域以外的显示区域,第三区域为第一状态的电子设备完全展开卷轴屏时的可见显示区域中除了第一区域以外的显示区域。示例性的,图1示出了电子设备100的卷轴屏的第一区域、第二区域和第三区域。接下来将以第一区域位于显示区域的第二方向侧作为示例进行后续实施例的撰写。It should also be noted that the scrolling screen is divided into a visible display area and an invisible display area, wherein the visible display area is a display area on a part of the screen that is revealed by the scrolling screen. The invisible display area is the display area on the part of the screen that is hidden by the scrolling screen. Wherein, the visible display area includes a first area, which is always displayed on a fixed direction side of the visible display area, and has a constant size. Wherein, the fixed direction may be the first direction or the second direction. When the scrolling screen is in the first state, the visible display area is the same as the first area, and the first state is an unfolded state. When the scrolling screen is in the second state, the visible display area of the scrolling screen includes a first area and a second area, and the second state includes a half-expanded state and a fully-expanded state. Wherein, the second area may be a display area in the visible display area except the first area. It should be further explained that when the scroll screen is fully unfolded, the second area can be called the third area, that is, the third area is larger than the second area, and the second area is when the electronic device in the first state unfolds a part of the scroll screen. The third area is the display area other than the first area in the visible display area when the electronic device in the first state fully unfolds the scrolling screen. Exemplarily, FIG. 1 shows a first area, a second area and a third area of a scroll screen of the electronic device 100 . Next, the following embodiments will be written by taking the first region located on the second direction side of the display region as an example.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例对第一区域和第三区域的具体方位不做限定。例如,第一区域可以为卷轴屏的左半区域,第三区域为卷轴屏的右半区域。再例如,第一区域可以为卷轴屏的右半区域,第三区域为卷轴屏的左半区域。再例如,第一区域可以为卷轴屏的上半区域,第三区域为卷轴屏的下半区域。再例如,第一区域可以为卷轴屏的下半区域,第三区域为卷轴屏的上半区域。It should be noted that the specific orientations of the first area and the third area are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. For example, the first area may be the left half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the right half area of the scrolling screen. For another example, the first area may be the right half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the left half area of the scrolling screen. For another example, the first area may be the upper half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the lower half area of the scrolling screen. For another example, the first area may be the lower half area of the scrolling screen, and the third area may be the upper half area of the scrolling screen.
本申请实施例提供了一种显示方法。电子设备的卷轴屏处于第一状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域;卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域。电子设备的卷轴屏处于第一状态时,在第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一内容。电子设备可以在接收到针对第一内容的第一输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,用户不需要自己手动展开卷轴屏,电子设备可以基于用户的输入,自动展开卷轴屏,并在展开后的卷轴屏的各个显示区域显示相应的内容。这样,用户不需要自己手动展开卷轴屏,电子设备可以基于用户的输入,自动展开卷轴屏,并在展开 后的卷轴屏的各个显示区域显示相应的内容。进一步的,电子设备可以基于第一输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面在展开后的卷轴屏上的显示区域,用户可以在卷轴屏展开过程中,通过卷轴屏已经展开的部分显示屏,不受影响地浏览更重要的页面内容。The embodiment of the present application provides a display method. When the scroll screen of the electronic device is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area and the second area. When the scrolling screen of the electronic device is in the first state, the first page and the first content are displayed in the first area. After receiving the first input for the first content, the electronic device may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, display the first page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, the user does not need to manually unfold the scrolling screen, the electronic device can automatically unfold the scrolling screen based on the user's input, and display corresponding content in each display area of the unfolded scrolling screen. In this way, the user does not need to manually unfold the scrolling screen, the electronic device can automatically unfold the scrolling screen based on the user's input, and Each display area of the subsequent scrolling screen displays corresponding content. Further, the electronic device may determine the display areas of the first page and the second page on the unfolded scroll screen based on the first input, and the user may, during the unfolding process of the scroll screen, pass through the unfolded part of the scroll screen, Browse more important page content unaffected.
其中,第一内容可以用于触发电子设备显示第一内容对应的第二页面,第一内容对应的第二页面和电子设备当前显示的第一页面不同。例如,第一内容可以包括但不限于应用图标、通知消息、超级链接((uniform resource locator,URL)、小工具(widget)、组件等等。当第一内容为第一页面的一部分时,电子设备100在完全展开状态或半展开状态时显示的第一页面包括第一内容。当第一内容悬浮显示在第一页面上时,电子设备100在完全展开状态或半展开状态时显示的第一页面不包括第一内容。其中,第一状态可以为未展开状态,第二状态可以为半展开状态或完全展开状态。Wherein, the first content may be used to trigger the electronic device to display a second page corresponding to the first content, and the second page corresponding to the first content is different from the first page currently displayed by the electronic device. For example, the first content may include but not limited to an application icon, a notification message, a hyperlink (uniform resource locator, URL), a widget (widget), a component, etc. When the first content is a part of the first page, the electronic The first page displayed by the device 100 in the fully expanded state or the half-expanded state includes the first content. When the first content is suspended and displayed on the first page, the first page displayed by the electronic device 100 in the fully expanded state or the half-expanded state The page does not include the first content. The first state may be an unexpanded state, and the second state may be a half-expanded state or a fully-expanded state.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的电子设备的硬件结构示意图。A schematic diagram of a hardware structure of an electronic device provided in an embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
电子设备100可以是平板电脑、手机、桌面型计算机、膝上型计算机、手持计算机、笔记本电脑、超级移动个人计算机(ultra-mobile personal computer,UMPC)、上网本,以及蜂窝电话、个人数字助理(personal digital assistant,PDA)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)设备、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)设备、人工智能(artificial intelligence,AI)设备、可穿戴式设备、车载设备、智能家居设备和/或智慧城市设备,本申请实施例对该电子设备100的具体类型不作特殊限制。The electronic device 100 may be a tablet computer, a cell phone, a desktop computer, a laptop computer, a handheld computer, a notebook computer, an ultra-mobile personal computer (UMPC), a netbook, as well as a cellular phone, a personal digital assistant (personal digital assistant) digital assistant (PDA), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR) device, virtual reality (virtual reality, VR) device, artificial intelligence (artificial intelligence, AI) device, wearable device, vehicle-mounted device, smart home device and/or For smart city equipment, the embodiment of the present application does not specifically limit the specific type of the electronic equipment 100 .
图2A示出了电子设备100的结构示意图。FIG. 2A shows a schematic structural diagram of the electronic device 100 .
电子设备100可以包括处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。The electronic device 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, a battery 142, an antenna 1, and an antenna 2 , mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, earphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193, display screen 194, and A subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195 and the like. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyroscope sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, an ambient light sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对电子设备100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that, the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may include more or fewer components than shown in the figure, or combine certain components, or separate certain components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be realized in hardware, software or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units, for example: the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processing unit (graphics processing unit, GPU), an image signal processor (image signal processor, ISP), controller, video codec, digital signal processor (digital signal processor, DSP), baseband processor, and/or neural network processor (neural-network processing unit, NPU), etc. Wherein, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是电子设备100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。Wherein, the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the electronic device 100 . The controller can generate an operation control signal according to the instruction opcode and timing signal, and complete the control of fetching and executing the instruction.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复 存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。A memory may also be provided in the processor 110 for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may hold instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be called directly from the memory. avoid repetition The access reduces the waiting time of the processor 110, thus improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. The interface may include an integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, an integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit sound, I2S) interface, a pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation, PCM) interface, a universal asynchronous transmitter (universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (mobile industry processor interface, MIPI), general-purpose input and output (general-purpose input/output, GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (subscriber identity module, SIM) interface, and /or universal serial bus (universal serial bus, USB) interface, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对电子设备100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,电子设备100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules shown in the embodiment of the present invention is only a schematic illustration, and does not constitute a structural limitation of the electronic device 100 . In other embodiments of the present application, the electronic device 100 may also adopt different interface connection manners in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection manners.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过电子设备100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备100供电。The charging management module 140 is configured to receive a charging input from a charger. Wherein, the charger may be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 can receive charging input from the wired charger through the USB interface 130 . In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive a wireless charging input through a wireless charging coil of the electronic device 100 . While the charging management module 140 is charging the battery 142 , it can also supply power to the electronic device 100 through the power management module 141 .
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used for connecting the battery 142 , the charging management module 140 and the processor 110 . The power management module 141 receives the input from the battery 142 and/or the charging management module 140 to provide power for the processor 110 , the internal memory 121 , the display screen 194 , the camera 193 , and the wireless communication module 160 . The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor parameters such as battery capacity, battery cycle times, and battery health status (leakage, impedance). In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110 . In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
电子设备100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the electronic device 100 can be realized by the antenna 1 , the antenna 2 , the mobile communication module 150 , the wireless communication module 160 , a modem processor, a baseband processor, and the like.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。电子设备100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。Antenna 1 and Antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in electronic device 100 may be used to cover single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be multiplexed to improve the utilization of the antennas. For example: Antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 can provide wireless communication solutions including 2G/3G/4G/5G applied on the electronic device 100 . The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (low noise amplifier, LNA) and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive electromagnetic waves through the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic waves, and send them to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signals modulated by the modem processor, and convert them into electromagnetic waves and radiate them through the antenna 1 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be set in the processor 110 . In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be set in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。A modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Wherein, the modulator is used for modulating the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a medium-high frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low frequency baseband signal. Then the demodulator sends the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is passed to the application processor after being processed by the baseband processor. The application processor outputs sound signals through audio equipment (not limited to speaker 170A, receiver 170B, etc.), or displays images or videos through display screen 194 . In some embodiments, the modem processor may be a stand-alone device. In some other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent from the processor 110, and be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在电子设备100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area  networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide the wireless local area network (wireless local area network) that is applied on the electronic device 100. networks, WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) network), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GNSS), frequency modulation (frequency modulation, FM), short distance Wireless communication technology (near field communication, NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives electromagnetic waves via the antenna 2 , frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signals, and sends the processed signals to the processor 110 . The wireless communication module 160 can also receive the signal to be sent from the processor 110 , frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it into electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 for radiation.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得电子设备100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access,CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the electronic device 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the electronic device 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global system for mobile communications (GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Code division multiple access (wideband code division multiple access, WCDMA), time division code division multiple access (time-division code division multiple access, TD-SCDMA), long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and/or IR techniques, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (global positioning system, GPS), a global navigation satellite system (global navigation satellite system, GLONASS), a Beidou navigation satellite system (beidou navigation satellite system, BDS), a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and/or satellite based augmentation systems (SBAS).
电子设备100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The electronic device 100 realizes the display function through the GPU, the display screen 194 , and the application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, and is connected to the display screen 194 and the application processor. GPUs are used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations for graphics rendering. Processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。该显示屏194可以为柔性屏,例如,上述卷轴屏,折叠屏等等。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 may be a flexible screen, for example, the aforementioned scroll screen, folding screen and the like.
显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel can be a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light emitting diode or an active matrix organic light emitting diode (active-matrix organic light emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (flex light-emitting diode, FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diodes (quantum dot light emitting diodes, QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
电子设备100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The electronic device 100 can realize the shooting function through the ISP, the camera 193 , the video codec, the GPU, the display screen 194 and the application processor.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度等进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP is used for processing the data fed back by the camera 193 . For example, when taking a picture, open the shutter, the light is transmitted to the photosensitive element of the camera through the lens, and the light signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the photosensitive element of the camera transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also perform algorithm optimization on image noise, brightness, etc. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be located in the camera 193 .
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。 Camera 193 is used to capture still images or video. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it to the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (charge coupled device, CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor, CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the light signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193 , where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当电子设备100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。Digital signal processors are used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, they can also process other digital signals. For example, when the electronic device 100 selects a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy of the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。电子设备100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,电子设备100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codecs are used to compress or decompress digital video. The electronic device 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the electronic device 100 can play or record videos in various encoding formats, for example: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts group, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4 and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现电子设备100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解等。The NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By referring to the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, it can quickly process input information and continuously learn by itself. Applications such as intelligent cognition of the electronic device 100 can be realized through the NPU, such as image recognition, face recognition, speech recognition, text understanding, and the like.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部的非易失性存储器,实现扩展电子设备100的存储能力。外部的非易失性存储器通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部的非易失性存储器中。The external memory interface 120 can be used to connect an external non-volatile memory, so as to expand the storage capacity of the electronic device 100 . The external non-volatile memory communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to implement a data storage function. For example, files such as music and video are stored in an external non-volatile memory.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器810通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行电子设备100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储电子设备100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer-executable program codes including instructions. The processor 810 executes various functional applications and data processing of the electronic device 100 by executing instructions stored in the internal memory 121 . The internal memory 121 may include an area for storing programs and an area for storing data. Wherein, the stored program area can store an operating system, at least one application program required by a function (such as a sound playing function, an image playing function, etc.) and the like. The storage data area can store data created during the use of the electronic device 100 (such as audio data, phonebook, etc.) and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one magnetic disk storage device, flash memory device, universal flash storage (universal flash storage, UFS) and the like.
电子设备100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The electronic device 100 can implement audio functions through the audio module 170 , the speaker 170A, the receiver 170B, the microphone 170C, the earphone interface 170D, and the application processor. Such as music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and is also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。Speaker 170A, also referred to as a "horn", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。Receiver 170B, also called "earpiece", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。The microphone 170C, also called "microphone" or "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
当压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定电子设备100的运动姿态。气压传感器180C用于测量气压。磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器,可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。加速度传感器180E可检测电子设备100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。温度传感器180J用于检测温度。触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏894提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于电子设备100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。按键190包括开机键,音量键等。指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。When the pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal, it can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, pressure sensor 180A may be disposed on display screen 194 . The gyro sensor 180B can be used to determine the motion posture of the electronic device 100 . The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor, and the magnetic sensor 180D can be used to detect the opening and closing of the flip leather case. The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the acceleration of the electronic device 100 in various directions (generally three axes). The distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, automatic unlock and lock screen in pocket mode. The ambient light sensor 180L is used for sensing ambient light brightness. The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect temperature. Touch sensor 180K, also known as "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K can be disposed on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 form a touch screen, also called a “touch screen”. The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. Visual output related to touch operations can be provided through the display screen 894 . In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the electronic device 100 , which is different from the position of the display screen 194 . The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. The keys 190 include a power key, a volume key and the like. The indicator 192 can be an indicator light, and can be used to indicate charging status, power change, and can also be used to indicate messages, missed calls, notifications, and the like. The SIM card interface 195 is used for connecting a SIM card.
其中,马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸 振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。Wherein, the motor 191 can generate a vibration prompt. The motor 191 can be used for incoming call vibration prompts, and can also be used for touch Vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) may correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The motor 191 may also correspond to different vibration feedback effects for touch operations acting on different areas of the display screen 194 . Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, games, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. The touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
在本申请实施例中,电子设备100的显示屏194可展开或卷起改变屏幕的尺寸。电子设备100可以设置有马达191和卷轴结构。电子设备100可以通过马达191驱动卷轴结构展开或卷起显示屏194,具体的,可以参见上述图1所示实施例,在此不再赘述。处理器110可以基于用户针对未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域的第一内容的第一输入,通知马达191展开卷轴屏,并确定出第一内容对应的第二页面在展开后的卷轴屏上的指定显示区域。处理器110还可以通知显示屏194在指定显示区域显示第一内容对应的第二页面。显示屏194可用于显示第一内容对应的第二页面。In the embodiment of the present application, the display screen 194 of the electronic device 100 can be unfolded or rolled up to change the size of the screen. The electronic device 100 may be provided with a motor 191 and a scroll structure. The electronic device 100 can use the motor 191 to drive the scroll structure to unfold or roll up the display screen 194 . For details, refer to the above-mentioned embodiment shown in FIG. 1 , which will not be repeated here. The processor 110 may notify the motor 191 to unfold the scroll screen based on the user's first input for the first content in the first area of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state, and determine the unfolded scroll screen of the second page corresponding to the first content. on the specified display area. The processor 110 may also notify the display screen 194 to display the second page corresponding to the first content in the specified display area. The display screen 194 can be used to display the second page corresponding to the first content.
以下实施例中的方法均可以在具有上述硬件结构的电子设备100中实现。The methods in the following embodiments can all be implemented in the electronic device 100 having the above hardware structure.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的电子设备100的软件结构图。The software structure diagram of the electronic device 100 provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
电子设备100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的移动操作系统为例,示例性说明电子设备100的软件结构。The software system of the electronic device 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-kernel architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture. In the embodiment of the present invention, the software structure of the electronic device 100 is illustrated by taking a mobile operating system with a layered architecture as an example.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将移动操作系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,运行时(runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. Layers communicate through software interfaces. In some embodiments, the mobile operating system is divided into four layers, which are application program layer, application program framework layer, runtime (runtime) and system library, and kernel layer from top to bottom.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。如图2B所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。The application layer can consist of a series of application packages. As shown in FIG. 2B , the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface, API) and a programming framework for applications in the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图2B所示,应用程序框架层可以包括内容提供器,视图系统,资源管理器,通知管理器、窗口管理服务(windowmanagerservice,WMS)模块、活动管理服务(activitymanagerservice,AMS)模块等。As shown in FIG. 2B , the application framework layer may include a content provider, a view system, a resource manager, a notification manager, a window management service (windowmanagerservice, WMS) module, an activity management service (activitymanagerservice, AMS) module, and the like.
其中,内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Among them, the content provider is used to store and obtain data, and make these data accessible by applications. Said data may include video, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phonebook, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text, controls for displaying pictures, and so on. The view system can be used to build applications. A display interface can consist of one or more views. For example, a display interface including a text message notification icon may include a view for displaying text and a view for displaying pictures.
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备100振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables the application to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can automatically disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify the download completion, message reminder, etc. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears on the top status bar of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, a text message is prompted in the status bar, a prompt sound is issued, the electronic device 100 vibrates, an indicator light flashes, and the like.
窗口管理服务模块可以用于检测用户针对第一页面上第一内容的输入,并基于该输入,确定出第一页面和第一内容对应的第二页面的显示区域。当窗口管理服务模块确定出第一页 面或第二页面的显示区域超过当前卷轴屏的屏幕范围时,可以通知卷轴屏驱动展开卷轴屏。同时,窗口管理服务模块还可以通知活动管理服务模块创建一个新活动(activity),即,打开第一内容对应的应用。The window management service module can be used to detect the user's input on the first content on the first page, and based on the input, determine the display area of the second page corresponding to the first page and the first content. When the window management service module determines the first page When the display area of the first page or the second page exceeds the screen range of the current scrolling screen, the scrolling screen driver may be notified to expand the scrolling screen. At the same time, the window management service module may also notify the activity management service module to create a new activity (activity), that is, to open the application corresponding to the first content.
活动管理服务模块在启动第一内容对应的应用后,可以通知窗口管理服务模块。窗口管理服务模块可以获取该应用的页面(即,第二页面)。窗口管理服务模块可以在展开后的卷轴屏上分屏显示第一页面和第二页面。After the activity management service module starts the application corresponding to the first content, it can notify the window management service module. The window management service module can acquire the page (ie, the second page) of the application. The window management service module can display the first page and the second page in split screens on the expanded scrolling screen.
运行时可以指程序运行时所需的一切代码库、框架等。例如,对于C语言来说,运行时包括一系列C程序运行所需的函数库。对于Java语言来说,运行时包括核心库和虚拟机,核心库可包括Java语言需要调用的功能函数。应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的Java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。Runtime can refer to all the code libraries, frameworks, etc. required for the program to run. For example, for the C language, the runtime includes a series of function libraries required for the operation of the C program. For the Java language, the runtime includes a core library and a virtual machine, and the core library may include functions that the Java language needs to call. The application layer and the application framework layer run in virtual machines. The virtual machine executes the Java files of the application program layer and the application program framework layer as binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object life cycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。A system library can include multiple function modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media Libraries), 3D graphics processing library (eg: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (eg: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H。264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports playback and recording of various commonly used audio and video formats, as well as still image files, etc. The media library can support a variety of audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H. 264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to implement 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, compositing, and layer processing, etc.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,卷轴屏驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动等等。其中,卷轴屏驱动可以用于控制卷轴屏马达,展开或收回卷轴屏。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer includes at least display driver, scroll screen driver, audio driver, sensor driver and so on. Wherein, the scroll screen drive can be used to control the scroll screen motor to unfold or retract the scroll screen.
接下来介绍本申请实施例中提供的一种显示方法的流程示意图。Next, a schematic flowchart of a display method provided in the embodiment of the present application is introduced.
如图3A所示,该显示方法包括如下步骤:As shown in Figure 3A, the display method includes the following steps:
S301.电子设备100的卷轴屏处于第一状态,卷轴屏的第一区域显示有第一页面和第一内容。S301. The scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a first state, and a first page and first content are displayed in a first area of the scroll screen.
电子设备的卷轴屏处于第一状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域;卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域。在此,电子设备的卷轴屏处于第一状态,在第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一内容。When the scroll screen of the electronic device is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area and the second area. Here, the scrolling screen of the electronic device is in a first state, and a first page and first content are displayed in a first area.
需要说明的是,第二状态包括半展开状态和完全展开状态,当卷轴屏处于完全展开状态时,第二区域可以称为第三区域,完全展开状态的第三区域的尺寸大于半展开状态的第二区域的尺寸。It should be noted that the second state includes a half-deployed state and a fully-deployed state. When the scrolling screen is in a fully-deployed state, the second area can be called a third area, and the size of the third area in the fully-deployed state is larger than that in the half-deployed state. The size of the second region.
其中,第一内容可以包括但不限于第一窗口、第一图标、第一链接等等。其中,第一窗口可以用于指向应用的某个子页面,例如,该第一窗口可以包括但不限于消息弹窗,下拉消息栏的窗口、悬浮窗口等等。例如,悬浮窗口可以为缩小显示的视频播放窗口(又称为画中画)、悬浮显示的应用窗口等等。Wherein, the first content may include but not limited to a first window, a first icon, a first link and the like. Wherein, the first window may be used to point to a certain subpage of the application, for example, the first window may include but not limited to a message pop-up window, a window that pulls down a message bar, a floating window, and the like. For example, the floating window may be a zoomed-out video playback window (also called picture-in-picture), a floating application window, and the like.
需要说明的是,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于第一状态时,显示有第一页面,该第一页面为第一应用的界面。当电子设备100接收到通知消息后,可以在第一页面上显示第一窗口,该第一窗口可以包括通知消息的部分内容。其中,该通知消息可以为第一应用的消息,或者,该通知消息可以为其他应用(不包括第一应用)的消息。在一些实施例中,当该通知消息来自通信类应用(例如,短信)时,该通知消息的内容可以为用户或其他联系人发送的消息。 It should be noted that, when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in the first state, a first page is displayed, and the first page is an interface of the first application. After receiving the notification message, the electronic device 100 may display a first window on the first page, and the first window may include part of the content of the notification message. Wherein, the notification message may be a message of the first application, or, the notification message may be a message of other applications (excluding the first application). In some embodiments, when the notification message comes from a communication application (for example, a short message), the content of the notification message may be a message sent by the user or other contacts.
第一图标可以用于指向应用的主页面。例如,第一图标可以包括但不限于桌面显示的应用图标。The first icon can be used to point to the main page of the application. For example, the first icon may include, but not limited to, an application icon displayed on the desktop.
第一链接可以用于指向一个目标,所指向的目标可以是另一个网页,也可以是相同网页上的不同位置,还可以是图片、电子邮件地址、文件、甚至是应用程序等等。例如,第一链接可以包括但不限于网页链接、文本超链接、图像超链接、多媒体文件链接等等。在一些实施例中,第一链接可以为应用对应的卡片组件(又称为卡片)。卡片组件可以显示指定应用的部分功能信息,该部分功能信息可以用于触发电子设备100显示指定应用的指定页面。即,电子设备100可以响应于用户针对指定应用的卡片的输入(例如单击),全屏显示该指定应用中的指定页面。卡片可以显示在桌面或其他指定快捷界面(例如负一屏、服务中心等等),卡片可以由用户自行添加或删除。部分卡片可以称为窗口小工具(widget)。可选的,卡片可以显示多个指定应用的部分功能信息。The first link can be used to point to a target, which can be another webpage, or a different location on the same webpage, or a picture, an email address, a file, or even an application program. For example, the first link may include, but is not limited to, a webpage link, a text hyperlink, an image hyperlink, a multimedia file link, and the like. In some embodiments, the first link may be a card component (also called a card) corresponding to the application. The card component can display part of the function information of the specified application, and the part of the function information can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a specified page of the specified application. That is, the electronic device 100 may display a specified page in the specified application in full screen in response to the user's input (for example, click) on the card of the specified application. Cards can be displayed on the desktop or other specified shortcut interfaces (such as negative one screen, service center, etc.), and cards can be added or deleted by users. Some cards may be called widgets. Optionally, the card can display partial functional information of multiple specified applications.
需要说明的是,当第一内容为第一窗口时,第一窗口悬浮显示于第一页面顶部,第一页面不包括第一窗口。当第一内容为第一图标或第一链接时,第一页面包括第一内容。It should be noted that, when the first content is the first window, the first window is floatingly displayed on the top of the first page, and the first page does not include the first window. When the first content is the first icon or the first link, the first page includes the first content.
S302.电子设备100接收到用户针对第一内容的输入。S302. The electronic device 100 receives a user's input on the first content.
其中,针对第一区域的第一内容的输入可以包括但不限于拖动,点击,长按、滑动、语音指令输入等等。Wherein, the input for the first content in the first area may include but not limited to dragging, clicking, long pressing, sliding, voice command input and so on.
该输入还可以为用户操作的集合,例如,该输入可以为长按第一内容之后再拖动第一内容的输入。这样,电子设备100可以基于用户针对第一内容的输入,展开卷轴屏,并在展开后的卷轴屏上同时显示第一页面和第一内容对应的第二页面。The input may also be a collection of user operations, for example, the input may be an input of dragging the first content after long pressing the first content. In this way, the electronic device 100 may expand the scrolling screen based on the user's input on the first content, and simultaneously display the first page and the second page corresponding to the first content on the expanded scrolling screen.
可选的,该针对第一区域的第一内容的输入也可以为针对电子设备100的卷轴屏以外的元器件(例如,电源键、音量键等)的输入。例如,电子设备100可以在显示有第一内容时,接收到用户针对元器件的输入(例如,滑动或按下电量键),展开卷轴屏。又例如,电子设备100可以在显示有第一内容时,接收到用户选中第一内容的输入(例如,长按)后,接收到用户针对元器件的输入,展开卷轴屏,此时,该针对第一内容的输入为选中输入和针对元器件的输入的集合。Optionally, the input for the first content in the first area may also be an input for components other than the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 (for example, a power key, a volume key, etc.). For example, when the first content is displayed, the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input on components (for example, sliding or pressing a power button), and expand the scrolling screen. For another example, when the first content is displayed, the electronic device 100 may receive an input from the user to select the first content (for example, a long press), and then receive an input from the user on components, and expand the scrolling screen. The input of the first content is a set of selected input and input for components.
其中,电子设备100可以基于用户的输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面在展开后的卷轴屏上的显示区域。这样,用户可以自行决定第一区域和第二区域的显示内容,便于用户操作。并且,在卷轴屏展开过程中,用户可以不受影响地浏览卷轴屏的第一区域显示的页面。例如,当第一区域显示有第一页面时,用户可以继续浏览第一页面的内容,当第一区域显示有第二页面时,用户可以优先浏览第二页面的内容。Wherein, the electronic device 100 may determine the display areas of the first page and the second page on the unfolded scrolling screen based on the user's input. In this way, the user can decide the display content of the first area and the second area by himself, which is convenient for the user to operate. Moreover, during the unfolding process of the scrolling screen, the user can browse the pages displayed in the first area of the scrolling screen without being affected. For example, when the first page is displayed in the first area, the user can continue to browse the content of the first page, and when the second page is displayed in the first area, the user can preferentially browse the content of the second page.
电子设备100可以存储有针对第一内容的预设输入集合。其中,该预设输入集合可以包括用户输入和电子设备100执行的操作的对应关系。例如,单击输入对应电子设备100在当前显示屏跳转显示第一内容对应的第二页面的操作。也就是说,针对第一内容的单击输入可以触发电子设备100在当前显示屏上显示第二页面。再例如,向第一方向拖动第一内容的输入对应电子设备100展开卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,以及在卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面的操作,其中,第一方向可以卷轴屏展开的方向,例如图1所示的从第一区域指向第二区域的方向。还例如,向第二方向拖动第一内容的输入对应电子设备100展开卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,以及在卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面的操作,其中,第二方向和第一方向相反。The electronic device 100 may store a preset input set for the first content. Wherein, the preset input set may include a correspondence between user input and operations performed by the electronic device 100 . For example, the click input corresponds to an operation of the electronic device 100 jumping to display a second page corresponding to the first content on the current display screen. That is to say, a click input for the first content may trigger the electronic device 100 to display the second page on the current display screen. For another example, the input of dragging the first content in the first direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scrolling screen, displaying the first page in the first area of the scrolling screen, and displaying the second page in the second or third area of the scrolling screen. In the operation of the page, the first direction may be the direction in which the scrolling screen unfolds, for example, the direction from the first area to the second area as shown in FIG. 1 . Also for example, the input of dragging the first content in the second direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scroll screen, and displaying the second page in the first area of the scroll screen, and displaying the first page in the second or third area of the scroll screen. The operation of the page, wherein, the second direction is opposite to the first direction.
电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一内容的输入后,基于存储的预设输入集合,确定出该输入对应的操作,并执行该操作。在此,该输入对应的操作如步骤S303所示。 After receiving the user's input on the first content, the electronic device 100 may determine an operation corresponding to the input based on the stored preset input set, and execute the operation. Here, the operation corresponding to the input is shown in step S303.
可以理解的是,当第一区域始终显示在可见显示区域的第二方向侧时,向第一方向拖动第一内容的输入对应电子设备100展开卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,以及在卷轴屏的第一方向侧的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面的操作只是本申请实施例提供的一种示例,不限于向第一方向拖动第一内容的输入,电子设备100也可以设置为针对第一内容的双击输入对应该操作,或者,设置为针对第一内容的滑动输入对应该操作,或者,设置为针对第一内容的双指滑动输入对应该操作,设置为针对第一内容的叩击输入对应该操作等等,本申请对此不作限定。It can be understood that when the first area is always displayed on the side of the second direction of the visible display area, the input of dragging the first content to the first direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scroll screen, and displaying in the first area of the scroll screen The first page, and the operation of displaying the second page in the second area or the third area on the side of the scroll screen in the first direction is just an example provided by the embodiment of this application, and is not limited to the operation of dragging the first content in the first direction. For input, the electronic device 100 can also be set so that the double-clicking input for the first content corresponds to the operation, or it is set so that the sliding input for the first content corresponds to the operation, or it is set as the two-finger sliding input for the first content corresponds to the The operation is set so that the tap input for the first content corresponds to the operation, etc., which is not limited in this application.
以此类推,向第二方向拖动第一内容的输入对应电子设备100展开卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏的第二方向侧的第一区域显示第二页面,以及在卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面的操作也只是本申请实施例提供的一种示例,本申请实施例也可以设置为其他的输入对应该操作,本申请对此不做限定。可以理解的是,在第一区域显示第一页面并且在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面对应的输入和在第一区域显示第二页面并且在第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面对应的输入不同。By analogy, the input of dragging the first content in the second direction corresponds to the electronic device 100 unfolding the scrolling screen, and displaying the second page in the first area on the side of the second direction of the scrolling screen, and displaying the second page in the second area of the scrolling screen or The operation of displaying the first page in the third area is only an example provided by the embodiment of the present application, and the embodiment of the present application can also be set so that other inputs correspond to the operation, which is not limited in the present application. It can be understood that the first page is displayed in the first area and the input corresponding to the second page is displayed in the second area or the third area and the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area or the third area. The input corresponding to the page is different.
可选的,电子设备100可以包括展开卷轴屏以及在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面的输入,并且,不包括展开卷轴屏以及在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面的输入。或者,电子设备100可以包括展开卷轴屏以及在第一区域显示第二页面并在第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面的输入,并且,不包括展开卷轴屏以及在第一区域显示第一页面并在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面的输入。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may include an input for expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the first page in the first area and displaying the second page in the second area or the third area, and does not include expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the first page in the first area. The second page and display the input of the first page in the second area or the third area. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may include an input for expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the second page in the first area and displaying the first page in the second area or the third area, and does not include expanding the scrolling screen and displaying the first page in the first area. page and display the input of the second page in the second area or the third area.
可选的,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,设置展开卷轴屏操作对应的用户输入。这样,用户可以自行设置通过怎样的用户输入展开卷轴屏,以及,不同的用户输入对应的第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。这样,可以贴合用户的使用习惯,在展开的卷轴屏中的不同显示区域显示不同的页面内容。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input, and set the user's input corresponding to the operation of unfolding the scrolling screen. In this way, the user can set by himself what kind of user input is used to expand the scrolling screen, and the display areas of the first page and the second page corresponding to different user inputs. In this way, different page contents can be displayed in different display areas of the unfolded scrolling screen according to the usage habits of the user.
S303.电子设备100响应于该输入,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。S303. In response to the input, the electronic device 100 switches the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device may display the first page in the first area and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area.
进一步的,电子设备100可以基于针对第一内容的输入,确定出第一页面显示在第一区域以及第二页面显示在第二区域或第三区域,或者,第一页面显示在第二区域或第三区域以及第二页面显示在第一区域。Further, the electronic device 100 may determine that the first page is displayed in the first area and the second page is displayed in the second area or the third area based on the input for the first content, or that the first page is displayed in the second area or The third area and the second page are displayed in the first area.
例如,当电子设备100接收到用户向第一方向拖动第一内容的输入后,可以展开卷轴屏,并在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在半展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在半展开的卷轴屏的第二区域显示第二页面。当卷轴屏完全展开时,在完全展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在完全展开的卷轴屏的第三区域显示第二页面。For example, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the first content in the first direction, the scroll screen may be unfolded, and during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, the first page may be displayed in the first area of the half-expanded scroll screen. , and display the second page in the second area of the half-expanded scroll screen. When the scrolling screen is fully expanded, the first page is displayed in the first area of the fully expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the third area of the fully expanded scrolling screen.
需要说明的是,当卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,第二区域的尺寸随着卷轴屏的展开而变化。也就是说,在第二区域中显示的页面内容会受到第二区域的尺寸的影响。It should be noted that, when the scrolling screen is in a half-expanded state, the size of the second area changes as the scrolling screen is unfolded. That is to say, the page content displayed in the second area will be affected by the size of the second area.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以在第二区域中显示尺寸和第三区域相同的页面的一部分。也就是说,第二区域中显示的页面为第三区域中显示的页面的一部分。换一种说法,第二区域中显示的页面为第三区域中显示的页面在卷轴展开方向上的一部分。如图3B所示,电子设备100首先可以显示图3B中的(a),随着卷轴屏的展开,电子设备100依次显示如图3B所示的(b)、(c)。电子设备100的第二区域中显示的页面内容随着屏幕的展开而增加。当电子设备100的卷轴屏展开至完全展开状态时,可以显示如图3B中的(d)。此时电子设备100的第三区域中显示有完整的页面内容。在图3B中示出的卷轴展开过程中,第一区域 显示的内容不受影响。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may display a part of the page in the second area with the same size as the third area. That is to say, the page displayed in the second area is a part of the page displayed in the third area. In other words, the page displayed in the second area is a part of the page displayed in the third area in the rolling direction. As shown in FIG. 3B , the electronic device 100 may first display (a) in FIG. 3B , and as the scrolling screen unfolds, the electronic device 100 sequentially displays (b) and (c) as shown in FIG. 3B . The page content displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 increases as the screen expands. When the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded to a fully unfolded state, (d) in FIG. 3B may be displayed. At this time, the complete page content is displayed in the third area of the electronic device 100 . During the unwinding of the reel shown in Figure 3B, the first region The displayed content is not affected.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备100可以在第二区域中显示在卷轴屏展开方向进行收缩处理后的页面。也就是说,第二区域中显示的页面为第三区域中显示的页面进行了收缩处理后得到的页面。如图3C所示,电子设备100首先可以显示图3C中的(a),随着卷轴屏的展开,电子设备100依次显示如图3C所示的(b)、(c)。电子设备100的第二区域中显示的页面内容不变,页面随着屏幕的展开而伸长。当电子设备100的卷轴屏展开至完全展开状态时,可以显示如图3C中的(d)。此时电子设备100的第三区域中显示有未收缩的页面。In some other embodiments, the electronic device 100 may display in the second area the page that has been shrunk in the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen. That is to say, the page displayed in the second area is the page obtained after shrinking the page displayed in the third area. As shown in FIG. 3C , the electronic device 100 may first display (a) in FIG. 3C , and as the scrolling screen unfolds, the electronic device 100 sequentially displays (b) and (c) as shown in FIG. 3C . The content of the page displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 remains unchanged, and the page is stretched along with the expansion of the screen. When the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded to a fully unfolded state, (d) in FIG. 3C may be displayed. At this time, unshrunk pages are displayed in the third area of the electronic device 100 .
需要说明的是,不限于上述卷轴屏展开过程中,随着卷轴屏的展开尺寸发生改变的显示区域中显示页面的方式。电子设备100也可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在发生改变的显示区域内显示其他内容。例如,电子设备100可以在尺寸随着卷轴屏展开而变化的显示区域中显示提示页面。该提示页面可以用于提示用户卷轴屏正在展开。例如,该提示页面可以为纯色页面。再例如,该提示页面可以包括提示用户卷轴屏正在展开的提示信息,该提示信息可以包括但不限于文字提示信息、动画提示信息等等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that it is not limited to the manner in which pages are displayed in the display area that changes in size as the scrolling screen is unfolded during the scrolling screen unfolding process described above. The electronic device 100 may also display other content in the changed display area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen. For example, the electronic device 100 may display a prompt page in a display area whose size changes as the scroll screen unfolds. This prompt page can be used to prompt the user that the scrolling screen is unfolding. For example, the prompt page can be a solid color page. For another example, the prompt page may include prompt information prompting the user that the scroll screen is unfolding. The prompt information may include but not limited to text prompt information, animation prompt information, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以通过WMS模块检测用户针对第一内容向第一方向的拖动输入,当电子设备100的WMS模块检测到第一内容的边缘超过卷轴屏的第一方向的边缘时,通知卷轴屏驱动展开卷轴屏。并通知AMS模块创建新活动,打开第一内容对应的应用。电子设备100的WMS模块可以在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域或第三区域显示第一内容对应的第二页面。同理,电子设备100可以通过WMS模块检测用户针对第一内容向第二方向的拖动输入,当电子设备100的WMS模块检测到第一内容的边缘超过卷轴屏的第二方向的边缘时,通知卷轴屏驱动展开卷轴屏。并通知AMS模块创建新活动,打开第一内容对应的应用。电子设备100的WMS模块可以在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may use the WMS module to detect the user's drag input for the first content in the first direction, when the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first content exceeds the first direction of the scroll screen When the scrolling screen is on the edge, notify the scrolling screen driver to expand the scrolling screen. And notify the AMS module to create a new activity, and open the application corresponding to the first content. The WMS module of the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the unfolded scrolling screen, and display the second page corresponding to the first content in the second area or the third area. Similarly, the electronic device 100 can use the WMS module to detect the user's drag input for the first content in the second direction. When the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first content exceeds the edge of the scroll screen in the second direction, Notify the scroller driver to expand the scroller. And notify the AMS module to create a new activity, and open the application corresponding to the first content. The WMS module of the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the unfolded scrolling screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area.
需要说明的是,第一内容为第一窗口或第一链接时,当电子设备100的WMS模块检测到第一窗口或第一链接的边缘没有超过卷轴屏的第一方向或第二方向上的边缘时,电子设备100的WMS模块可以通知AMS模块创建新活动,打开第一窗口或第一链接对应的应用。电子设备100的WMS模块还可以在卷轴屏上全屏显示第二页面。或者,电子设备100的WMS模块还可以在卷轴屏上全屏显示第一页面,并在第一页面上显示一个悬浮窗口,该悬浮窗口包括第二页面。It should be noted that when the first content is the first window or the first link, when the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first window or the first link does not exceed the first direction or the second direction of the scroll screen When the edge is active, the WMS module of the electronic device 100 may notify the AMS module to create a new activity, and open the application corresponding to the first window or the first link. The WMS module of the electronic device 100 may also display the second page in full screen on the scrolling screen. Alternatively, the WMS module of the electronic device 100 may also display the first page in full screen on the scrolling screen, and display a floating window on the first page, where the floating window includes the second page.
还需要说明的是,第一内容为第一图标时,当电子设备100的WMS模块检测到第一图标的边缘没有超过卷轴屏的第一方向或第二方向上的边缘时,电子设备100的WMS模块可以移动第一图标在卷轴屏幕上的位置。It should also be noted that when the first content is the first icon, when the WMS module of the electronic device 100 detects that the edge of the first icon does not exceed the edge in the first direction or the second direction of the scroll screen, the electronic device 100 The WMS module can move the position of the first icon on the reel screen.
下面结合应用场景,具体介绍本申请实施例提供的一种显示方法。A display method provided by an embodiment of the present application is specifically introduced below in combination with application scenarios.
在一些应用场景中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,该卷轴屏包括第一区域,第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一窗口。电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一窗口的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第一方向可以为卷轴展开的方向。电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第二区域显示第二页面。当卷轴屏完全展开时,在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第三区域显示第二页面。这样,电子设备100可以基于向第一方向拖动第一窗口的输入,在第一方向侧的第二区域或第三区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面。电子设备100还可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中, 依旧在第一区域显示第一页面,也就是说,用户可以不受影响地浏览第一页面。In some application scenarios, the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first window are displayed. The electronic device 100 may expand the scroll screen after receiving an input from the user to drag the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the first direction. Wherein, the first direction may be the direction in which the reel is unfolded. The electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state and display the second page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen. When the scrolling screen is fully expanded, the first page is displayed in the first area of the scrolling screen in the fully expanded state, and the second page is displayed in the third area of the scrolling screen in the fully expanded state. In this way, the electronic device 100 may display the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area or the third area on the side of the first direction based on the input of dragging the first window in the first direction. The electronic device 100 may also, during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, The first page is still displayed in the first area, that is, the user can browse the first page without being affected.
示例性的,如图4A所示,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,电子设备100可以在卷轴屏上全屏显示桌面401。其中,桌面401可以包括多个应用图标(例如,视频应用图标402、新闻应用图标403、聊天应用图标404、时钟应用图标等等)。其中,视频应用图标402可以用于触发显示视频应用的界面(例如,下图4B所示的视频应用页面411),新闻应用图标403可以用于触发显示新闻应用的界面,聊天应用图标404可以用于触发显示聊天应用的界面。可选的,桌面401的上方还可以显示包括有时间标识图标等图标的状态栏。在此,卷轴屏包括显示区域405,该显示区域405为卷轴屏的原始屏幕对应的屏幕区域。也就是说,显示区域405可以理解为图1所示的第一区域。在此,显示区域405包括桌面401。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4A , the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unfolded state, and the electronic device 100 may display a desktop 401 in full screen on the scroll screen. Wherein, the desktop 401 may include multiple application icons (for example, a video application icon 402, a news application icon 403, a chat application icon 404, a clock application icon, etc.). Among them, the video application icon 402 can be used to trigger the display of the interface of the video application (for example, the video application page 411 shown in FIG. To trigger displaying the interface of the chat application. Optionally, a status bar including icons such as a time mark icon may also be displayed on the top of the desktop 401 . Here, the scrolling screen includes a display area 405, which is a screen area corresponding to the original screen of the scrolling screen. That is to say, the display area 405 can be understood as the first area shown in FIG. 1 . Here, the display area 405 includes a desktop 401 .
电子设备100检测到用户针对视频应用图标402的输入,可以在未展开状态的卷轴屏的显示区域405中显示如图4B所示的视频应用页面411。该视频应用页面411可以包括视频显示区域等。视频显示区域可以包括多条视频选项,该多条视频选项可用于触发电子设备100显示对应的视频播放页面。在此,该多条视频选项包括视频选项412。The electronic device 100 detects the user's input on the video application icon 402, and may display a video application page 411 as shown in FIG. 4B in the display area 405 of the unexpanded scroll screen. The video application page 411 may include a video display area and the like. The video display area may include multiple video options, and the multiple video options may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a corresponding video playback page. Here, the plurality of video options includes a video option 412 .
电子设备100在接收到用户针对视频选项412的输入后,响应于该输入,可以在未展开状态的卷轴屏的显示区域405中显示如图4C所示的视频播放页面421。其中,该视频播放页面421可以包括视频播放窗口,视频播放控件,视频选集列表等等。其中,视频播放窗口可用于显示视频画面(例如,“跨步”的第7集的视频)。视频播放控件用于触发电子设备100播放/暂停/快进/快退视频。视频选集列表可用于显示选集对应的视频播放页面。After the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the video option 412, in response to the input, the video playing page 421 as shown in FIG. 4C may be displayed in the display area 405 of the unexpanded scroll screen. Wherein, the video playing page 421 may include a video playing window, a video playing control, a video selection list, and the like. Wherein, the video playing window can be used to display a video picture (for example, the video of episode 7 of "Stride"). The video playback control is used to trigger the electronic device 100 to play/pause/fast forward/rewind the video. The video selection list can be used to display the video playback page corresponding to the selection.
电子设备100的聊天应用在收到来自联系人的消息时,电子设备100可以在视频播放页面421上显示如图4D所示的窗口431。窗口431可以包括但不限于联系人的名称(例如“Lisa”),联系人的头像等等。窗口431可以用于提示用户电子设备100接收到一条消息。窗口431还可以用于触发电子设备100显示聊天页面。需要说明的是,视频播放页面421不包括窗口431。需要说明的是,不限于联系人的消息,电子设备100的聊天应用在接收到用户发送的消息后,也可以在视频播放页面421上显示该消息对应的窗口。When the chat application of the electronic device 100 receives a message from a contact, the electronic device 100 may display a window 431 as shown in FIG. 4D on the video playing page 421 . Window 431 may include, but is not limited to, the contact's name (eg, "Lisa"), the contact's avatar, and the like. Window 431 may be used to alert the user that electronic device 100 has received a message. The window 431 can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a chat page. It should be noted that the video playing page 421 does not include the window 431 . It should be noted that, not limited to messages from contacts, the chat application of the electronic device 100 may also display a window corresponding to the message on the video play page 421 after receiving the message sent by the user.
如图4E所示,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一方向拖动窗口431的输入时,移动窗口431在视频播放页面421上的位置。当电子设备100检测到用户将窗口431拖动至原本所在位置的第一方向侧,并松开窗口431后,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏。可以理解的是,朝着第一方向拖动窗口再松开窗口的输入等价于向第一方向拖动窗口的输入。电子设备100可以在展开后的卷轴屏的第一区域,即区域405显示第一页面,在展开后的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。As shown in FIG. 4E , the electronic device 100 may move the position of the window 431 on the video playing page 421 when receiving the user's input of dragging the window 431 in the first direction. When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the window 431 to the side of the original position in the first direction and releases the window 431 , the electronic device 100 can unfold the scrolling screen. It can be understood that the input of dragging the window toward the first direction and then releasing the window is equivalent to the input of dragging the window toward the first direction. The electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, that is, area 405 , and display the second page in the second area or the third area of the unfolded scroll screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户拖动第一窗口的输入时,将第一窗口替换为指定图标。也就是说,电子设备100可以在用户触摸点处显示指定图标,指定图标随着用户触摸点的移动轨迹而移动。其中,指定图标可以为预先设置的图标或者第一窗口对应的应用的图标。例如,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一方向拖动窗口431的输入时,取消显示窗口431,并在显示窗口431对应的聊天应用的图标(例如,图4A所示的聊天应用图标404)。这样,可以更加美观、简洁的显示拖动的第一窗口。在一些实施例中,指定图标的尺寸小于第一窗口的尺寸。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 may replace the first window with a specified icon when receiving an input that the user drags the first window. That is to say, the electronic device 100 may display a specified icon at the point touched by the user, and the specified icon moves along with the movement track of the point touched by the user. Wherein, the designated icon may be a preset icon or an icon of an application corresponding to the first window. For example, when the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the window 431 to the first direction, cancel the display of the window 431, and display the icon of the chat application corresponding to the window 431 (for example, the chat application icon 404 shown in FIG. 4A ). In this way, the dragged first window can be displayed more beautifully and concisely. In some embodiments, the size of the specified icon is smaller than the size of the first window.
进一步的,为了避免误触拖动第一窗口,电子设备100可以接收到用户的长按操作后,将第一窗口替换为指定图标。之后,电子设备100可以接收用户针对指定图标的拖动输入,展开卷轴屏。Further, in order to avoid touching and dragging the first window by mistake, the electronic device 100 may replace the first window with a specified icon after receiving the user's long press operation. Afterwards, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's dragging input for the specified icon, and expand the scrolling screen.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以检测用户拖动第一窗口或指定图标的距离。当该距 离大于或等于预设距离时,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏。当该距离小于预设距离时,电子设备100不展开卷轴屏,并在当前显示屏上继续显示第一窗口。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may detect a distance by which the user drags the first window or the specified icon. when the distance When the distance is greater than or equal to the preset distance, the electronic device 100 can unfold the scrolling screen. When the distance is less than the preset distance, the electronic device 100 does not unfold the scrolling screen, and continues to display the first window on the current display screen.
其中,当电子设备100的卷轴屏从未展开状态,展开至半展开状态时,电子设备100可以显示如图4F所示的显示区域405和显示区域445。其中,显示区域405显示有视频播放页面421,显示区域445中显示有聊天页面441。其中,聊天页面441可以包括对话框,输入框等等。该聊天页面441可以用于和联系人“Lisa”聊天。可选的,聊天页面441还可以包括表情控件,语音控件,更多控件等等。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于半展开状态,还未处于完全展开状态,显示区域445中只显示有聊天页面441在卷轴展开方向上的一部分页面。随着卷轴屏展开部分的增加,电子设备100在显示区域445中显示的聊天页面441的内容也随之增加。这样,电子设备100可以显示有完整的视频播放页面421,用户可以继续操作视频播放页面421。例如,当视频播放页面421的视频播放窗口正在播放视频时,卷轴屏在展开过程中,可以继续播放该视频。其中,显示区域445可以理解为图1所示的第二区域。Wherein, when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 445 as shown in FIG. 4F . Wherein, the display area 405 displays a video play page 421 , and the display area 445 displays a chat page 441 . Wherein, the chat page 441 may include dialog boxes, input boxes and so on. The chat page 441 can be used to chat with the contact "Lisa". Optionally, the chat page 441 may also include emoticon controls, voice controls, more controls and the like. It should be noted that, since the scrolling screen is currently in a half-expanded state and not yet fully unfolded, the display area 445 only displays a part of the chat page 441 in the scrolling direction. As the expanded portion of the scrolling screen increases, the content of the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 445 by the electronic device 100 also increases accordingly. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display a complete video playing page 421 , and the user can continue to operate the video playing page 421 . For example, when the video playing window of the video playing page 421 is playing a video, the scrolling screen may continue to play the video during the unfolding process. Wherein, the display area 445 can be understood as the second area shown in FIG. 1 .
可选的,电子设备100的显示区域405和显示区域445之间还可以显示有分隔线。该分隔线可以用于调整显示区域405和显示区域445在卷轴展开方向上的长度。这样,用户可以通过分隔线自行调整卷轴屏的两个显示区域的尺寸。Optionally, a separation line may also be displayed between the display area 405 and the display area 445 of the electronic device 100 . The separation line can be used to adjust the lengths of the display area 405 and the display area 445 in the roll rolling direction. In this way, the user can adjust the size of the two display areas of the scrolling screen by himself through the dividing line.
当电子设备100的卷轴屏从半展开状态,展开至完全展开状态时,电子设备100可以显示如图4G所示的显示区域405和显示区域455。其中,显示区域455的范围包括显示区域445的范围。其中,显示区域405显示有视频播放页面421,显示区域455中显示有聊天页面441。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于完全展开状态,显示区域455中在显示有在第一方向上完整的聊天页面441。这样,电子设备100可以基于用户向第一方向拖动窗口的输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域,便于用户操作。其中,显示区域455可以理解为图1所示的第三区域。When the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded from a half-expanded state to a fully unfolded state, the electronic device 100 may display a display area 405 and a display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G . Wherein, the range of the display area 455 includes the range of the display area 445 . Wherein, the display area 405 displays a video play page 421 , and the display area 455 displays a chat page 441 . It should be noted that since the scroll screen is currently in a fully unfolded state, the display area 455 is displaying a complete chat page 441 in the first direction. In this way, the electronic device 100 can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on the user's input of dragging the window in the first direction, which is convenient for the user to operate. Wherein, the display area 455 can be understood as the third area shown in FIG. 1 .
可选的,电子设备100可以在卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,显示在卷轴展开方向上进行收缩处理的第二页面。这样,用户可以在卷轴屏还没有完全展开时,查看第二页面的内容。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may display the second page that is shrunk in the scroll unfolding direction when the scroll screen is in a half-expanded state. In this way, the user can view the content of the second page when the scrolling screen is not fully unfolded.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一方向拖动如图4D所示的窗口431的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,当电子设备100的卷轴屏从未展开状态,展开至半展开状态时,电子设备100可以显示如图4H所示的显示区域405和显示区域465。其中,显示区域405显示有视频播放页面421,显示区域465中显示有聊天页面441。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于半展开状态,还未处于完全展开状态,显示区域465中显示的聊天页面441在卷轴屏展开方向上进行了收缩。随着卷轴屏展开部分的增加,电子设备100在显示区域445中显示的聊天页面441也随之伸展。直到卷轴屏从半展开状态变换为完全展开状态,此时,电子设备100可以显示如图4G所示的显示区域455。这样,电子设备100可以在卷轴展开过程中显示有完整的聊天页面441,用户可以提前查看聊天页面441的内容。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the first direction. Wherein, when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 465 as shown in FIG. 4H . Wherein, the display area 405 displays a video play page 421 , and the display area 465 displays a chat page 441 . It should be noted that, since the scroll screen is currently in a half-expanded state and not yet fully expanded, the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 465 has shrunk in the direction in which the scroll screen unfolds. As the expanded portion of the scrolling screen increases, the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 445 by the electronic device 100 also expands accordingly. Until the scroll screen changes from the half-expanded state to the fully-expanded state, at this time, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G . In this way, the electronic device 100 can display a complete chat page 441 during the rolling scrolling process, and the user can check the content of the chat page 441 in advance.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100可以包括预设收缩比例,当电子设备100的卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,当电子设备100的第二区域显示的页面的收缩比例小于预设收缩比例时,电子设备100可以显示有提示页面。该提示页面可以用于提示用户卷轴屏正在展开。当电子设备100的第二区域显示的页面的收缩比例大于或等于预设收缩比例时,电子设备100可以显示有收缩的页面。这样,可以避免电子设备100显示过度收缩的不清晰的页面。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 may include a preset shrink ratio. When the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a half-expanded state, when the shrink ratio of the page displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 is smaller than the preset shrink ratio When scaling, the electronic device 100 may display a prompt page. This prompt page can be used to prompt the user that the scrolling screen is unfolding. When the shrinkage ratio of the page displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 is greater than or equal to the preset shrinkage ratio, the electronic device 100 may display the shrunk page. In this way, it is possible to prevent the electronic device 100 from displaying excessively shrunk unclear pages.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入后,可以显示第一提示信息,第一提示信息用于提示用户卷轴屏将从未展开状态切换至完全展开状态。电 子设备100可以在显示第一提示信息的时间达到第一时长后,取消显示第一提示信息,并将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态。In a possible implementation, after receiving the user's input on the first window, the electronic device 100 may display first prompt information, the first prompt information is used to prompt the user that the scroll screen will switch from the unexpanded state to the fully expanded state. . electricity The sub-device 100 may cancel display of the first prompt information after displaying the first prompt information for a first duration, and switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state.
可选的,电子设备100显示第一提示信息的同时,可以显示确认控件,确认控件可以用于触发电子设备100取消显示第一提示信息,并展开卷轴屏。进一步的,电子设备100还可以显示取消控件,取消控件可以用于触发电子设备100取消显示第一提示信息,并且取消展开卷轴屏。Optionally, when the electronic device 100 displays the first prompt information, a confirmation control may be displayed, and the confirmation control may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to cancel displaying the first prompt information and expand the scrolling screen. Further, the electronic device 100 may also display a cancel control, and the cancel control may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to cancel displaying the first prompt information and cancel the unfolding of the scrolling screen.
例如,当电子设备100接收到用户向第一方向拖动第一窗口的输入后,可以显示如图4I所示的提示窗口471。其中,提示窗口471可以包括但不限于提示信息、确认控件472和取消控件473。其中,提示信息可以包括但不限于文字类提示信息、语音类提示信息、动画类提示信息等等。该提示信息可以用于提示用户电子设备100将要展开卷轴屏,并显示第二页面。其中,确认控件472可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏。取消控件473可以用于触发电子设备100取消展开卷轴屏。这样,可以避免用户误触导致卷轴屏展开的情形。例如,当确认控件472被触发时,电子设备100可以显示如图4F所示的显示区域445,或如图4H所示的显示区域465。当取消控件473被触发时,电子设备100可以取消显示提示窗口471,即,显示如图4C所示的视频播放页面421。For example, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the first window to the first direction, it may display a prompt window 471 as shown in FIG. 4I . Wherein, the prompt window 471 may include but not limited to prompt information, a confirmation control 472 and a cancel control 473 . Wherein, the prompt information may include but not limited to text prompt information, voice prompt information, animation prompt information and the like. The prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 will unfold the scroll screen and display the second page. Wherein, the confirmation control 472 may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scrolling screen. The cancel control 473 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to cancel the unfolding of the scrolling screen. In this way, the situation that the scrolling screen is unfolded due to a user's mistaken touch can be avoided. For example, when the confirmation control 472 is triggered, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 445 as shown in FIG. 4F , or the display area 465 as shown in FIG. 4H . When the cancel control 473 is triggered, the electronic device 100 can cancel the display of the prompt window 471 , that is, display the video playing page 421 as shown in FIG. 4C .
可选的,optional,
在一些应用场景中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,该卷轴屏包括第一区域,第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一窗口。电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第二方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一窗口的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第二方向可以为卷轴屏收回的方向(例如,图1所示的从第二区域指向第一区域的方向)。电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第二区域显示第一页面。当卷轴屏完全展开时,在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第三区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以基于向第二方向拖动第一窗口的输入,在第二方向侧的第一区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面。电子设备100还可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在第一区域替换显示第二页面,也就是说,用户可以不受影响地浏览第二页面。In some application scenarios, the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first window are displayed. The electronic device 100 may expand the scroll screen after receiving an input from the user to drag the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the second direction. Wherein, the second direction may be a direction in which the scroll screen retracts (for example, a direction from the second area to the first area shown in FIG. 1 ). The electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state. When the scrolling screen is fully unfolded, the second page is displayed in the first region of the scrolling screen in the fully unfolded state, and the first page is displayed in the third region of the scrolling screen in the fully unfolded state. In this way, the electronic device 100 may display the second page corresponding to the first window in the first area on the side of the second direction based on the input of dragging the first window in the second direction. The electronic device 100 may also alternately display the second page in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, that is, the user may browse the second page without being affected.
示例性的,如图4D所示,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,电子设备100可以在卷轴屏的显示区域405中显示如图4D所示的视频播放页面421。视频播放页面421上显示有如图4D所示的窗口431。在此,视频播放页面421和窗口431的描述可以参见上述图4C以及图4D所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 4D , the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unfolded state, and the electronic device 100 may display a video playing page 421 as shown in FIG. 4D in the display area 405 of the scrolling screen. A window 431 as shown in FIG. 4D is displayed on the video playing page 421 . Here, the descriptions of the video playing page 421 and the window 431 can refer to the above-mentioned embodiments shown in FIG. 4C and FIG. 4D , which will not be repeated here.
如图5A所示,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第二方向拖动如图4D所示的窗口431的输入时,移动窗口431在视频播放页面421上的位置。当电子设备100检测到用户将窗口431拖动至原本所在位置的第二方向侧,并松开窗口431后,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏。可以理解的是,朝着第二方向拖动窗口再松开窗口的输入等价于向第二方向拖动窗口的输入。电子设备100可以在展开后的卷轴屏的第一区域,即区域405显示第二页面,在展开后的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。As shown in FIG. 5A , the electronic device 100 may move the position of the window 431 on the video playing page 421 when receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the second direction. When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the window 431 to the second direction side of the original position and releases the window 431 , the electronic device 100 can unfold the scrolling screen. It can be understood that the input of dragging the window toward the second direction and then releasing the window is equivalent to the input of dragging the window toward the second direction. The electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, that is, area 405 , and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the unfolded scroll screen.
可选的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户拖动第一窗口的输入时,将第一窗口替换为指定图标,具体的,可以参考如图4E所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may replace the first window with a designated icon when receiving an input from the user to drag the first window. For details, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4E , which will not be repeated here.
在电子设备100展开卷轴屏的过程中,当电子设备100的卷轴屏从未展开状态,展开至半展开状态时,电子设备100可以显示如图5B所示的显示区域405和显示区域505。其中, 显示区域405显示有聊天页面441,显示区域505中显示有视频播放页面421。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于半展开状态,还未处于完全展开状态,显示区域505中只显示有视频播放页面421的一部分页面。随着卷轴屏展开部分的增加,电子设备100在显示区域505中显示的视频播放页面421的内容也随之增加。这样,电子设备100可以显示有完整的聊天页面441,用户可以在卷轴展开之前的聊天页面441中查看/回复消息。其中,显示区域505可以理解为图1所示的第二区域。When the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded, when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 505 as shown in FIG. 5B . in, The display area 405 displays a chat page 441 , and the display area 505 displays a video play page 421 . It should be noted that, since the scrolling screen is currently in a half-expanded state and not yet in a fully-expanded state, only a part of the video play page 421 is displayed in the display area 505 . As the expanded portion of the scrolling screen increases, the content of the video playing page 421 displayed in the display area 505 by the electronic device 100 also increases accordingly. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display a complete chat page 441, and the user can view/reply messages on the chat page 441 before scrolling is unfolded. Wherein, the display area 505 can be understood as the second area shown in FIG. 1 .
可选的,电子设备100的显示区域405和显示区域505之间还可以显示有分隔线。该分隔线可以用于调整显示区域405和显示区域505在卷轴展开方向上的长度。这样,用户可以通过分隔线自行调整卷轴屏的两个显示区域的尺寸。Optionally, a separation line may also be displayed between the display area 405 and the display area 505 of the electronic device 100 . The separation line can be used to adjust the lengths of the display area 405 and the display area 505 in the direction in which the scroll roll is unfolded. In this way, the user can adjust the size of the two display areas of the scrolling screen by himself through the dividing line.
当电子设备100的卷轴屏从半展开状态,展开至完全展开状态时,电子设备100可以显示如图5C所示的显示区域405和显示区域515。其中,显示区域515的范围包括显示区域505的范围。其中,显示区域405显示有聊天页面441,显示区域515中显示有视频播放页面421。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于完全展开状态,显示区域515中在显示有完整的视频播放页面421。这样,电子设备100可以基于用户向第二方向拖动窗口的输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域,便于用户操作。其中,显示区域515可以理解为图1所示的第三区域。When the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded from the half unfolded state to the fully unfolded state, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 515 as shown in FIG. 5C . Wherein, the range of the display area 515 includes the range of the display area 505 . Wherein, the display area 405 displays a chat page 441 , and the display area 515 displays a video play page 421 . It should be noted that since the scrolling screen is currently in a fully unfolded state, a complete video playback page 421 is displayed in the display area 515 . In this way, the electronic device 100 can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page based on the user's input of dragging the window in the second direction, which is convenient for the user to operate. Wherein, the display area 515 can be understood as the third area shown in FIG. 1 .
可选的,电子设备100可以在卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,显示在卷轴展开方向上进行收缩处理的第一页面。这样,用户可以在卷轴屏还没有完全展开时,查看第一页面的内容。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may display the first page that has been shrunk in the scroll unfolding direction when the scroll screen is in a half-expanded state. In this way, the user can view the content of the first page when the scrolling screen is not fully unfolded.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第二方向拖动如图4D所示的窗口431的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,当电子设备100的卷轴屏从未展开状态,展开至半展开状态时,电子设备100可以显示如图5D所示的显示区域405和显示区域525。其中,显示区域405显示有聊天页面441,显示区域525中显示有视频播放页面421。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于半展开状态,还未处于完全展开状态,显示区域525中显示的视频播放页面421在卷轴屏展开方向上进行了收缩。随着卷轴屏展开部分的增加,电子设备100在显示区域525中显示的视频播放页面421也随之伸展。这样,电子设备100可以在卷轴展开过程中显示有聊天页面441和视频播放页面421的所有内容,用户可以提前查看视频播放页面421的内容。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the second direction. Wherein, when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 525 as shown in FIG. 5D . Wherein, the display area 405 displays a chat page 441 , and the display area 525 displays a video play page 421 . It should be noted that, since the scroll screen is currently in a half-expanded state and not yet fully expanded, the video playback page 421 displayed in the display area 525 has shrunk in the direction in which the scroll screen unfolds. As the expanded portion of the scrolling screen increases, the video play page 421 displayed in the display area 525 by the electronic device 100 also expands accordingly. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display all the content of the chat page 441 and the video play page 421 during the rolling scrolling process, and the user can check the content of the video play page 421 in advance.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100可以包括预设收缩比例,当电子设备100的卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,当电子设备100的第二区域显示的页面的收缩比例小于预设收缩比例时,电子设备100可以显示有提示页面。该提示页面可以用于提示用户卷轴屏正在展开。当电子设备100的第二区域显示的页面的收缩比例大于或等于预设收缩比例时,电子设备100可以显示有收缩的页面。这样,可以避免电子设备100显示过度收缩的不清晰的页面。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 may include a preset shrink ratio. When the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a half-expanded state, when the shrink ratio of the page displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 is smaller than the preset shrink ratio When scaling, the electronic device 100 may display a prompt page. This prompt page can be used to prompt the user that the scrolling screen is unfolding. When the shrinkage ratio of the page displayed in the second area of the electronic device 100 is greater than or equal to the preset shrinkage ratio, the electronic device 100 may display the shrunk page. In this way, it is possible to prevent the electronic device 100 from displaying excessively shrunk unclear pages.
可选的,电子设备100展开卷轴屏之前,可以显示提示信息。该提示信息可以用于提示用户电子设备100即将展开卷轴屏。例如,电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏之前,显示如图4I所示的提示窗口471。具体的,可以参见图4I所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Optionally, before the electronic device 100 unfolds the scrolling screen, prompt information may be displayed. The prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 is about to unfold the scrolling screen. For example, the electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 471 as shown in FIG. 4I before unfolding the scrolling screen. For details, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4I , which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,电子设备100的屏幕的显示区域的划分方式不仅限于图1所示的划分方式。例如,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开时,电子设备100的卷轴屏对用户可见的部分屏幕为第一区域,该第一区域的尺寸不变并且始终显示在卷轴屏的可见显示区域的卷轴屏展开方向侧,即,第一区域可以随着卷轴屏的展开,始终显示在可见显示区域的卷轴屏展开方向。卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域。其中,第二区域的尺寸随着卷轴屏的展开而伸长。这样,第一区域一直在卷轴屏的展开方向侧,第二 区域向卷轴屏展开的方向伸长,直到卷轴屏从半展开状态伸展至完全展开状态。此时,第二区域可以称为第三区域。It should be noted that, the division manner of the display area of the screen of the electronic device 100 is not limited to the division manner shown in FIG. 1 . For example, when the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is not unfolded, the part of the screen visible to the user of the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is the first area. The side of the unfolding direction of the screen, that is, the first area may always be displayed in the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen in the visible display area along with the unfolding of the scrolling screen. When the scrolling screen is in a half-expanded state, the visible display area of the scrolling screen includes a first area and a second area. Wherein, the size of the second area is elongated with the unfolding of the scrolling screen. In this way, the first area is always on the unfolding direction side of the scroll screen, and the second The area stretches toward the unfolding direction of the scroll screen until the scroll screen stretches from the half-expanded state to the fully-expanded state. At this time, the second area may be referred to as a third area.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,该卷轴屏包括第一区域,第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一窗口。电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第三方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一窗口的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第三方向和卷轴展开方向相反。电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第二区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面。其中,第二区域中的第二页面为收缩后的第二页面或者第二区域中只显示有第二页面的一部分。当卷轴屏完全展开时,电子设备100可以在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第三区域显示第二页面。这样,电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,完整的显示第一页面。同时,第二页面也可以随着卷轴屏的展开完整地显示在卷轴屏上。需要再次说明的是,此处描述的第一区域和第二区域和图1所示的不同,在除了图5E所示的实施例描述中,其他实施例中的第一区域和第二区域的描述都可以参见图1所示的区域划分。In a possible implementation manner, the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area, and a first page and a first window are displayed in the first area. The electronic device 100 may unfold the scroll screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the third direction. Wherein, the third direction is opposite to the unrolling direction of the reel. The electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the second page corresponding to the first window in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state. Wherein, the second page in the second area is a shrunk second page or only a part of the second page is displayed in the second area. When the scroll screen is fully unfolded, the electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the fully unfolded scroll screen, and display the second page in the third area of the fully unfolded scroll screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can completely display the first page during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen. At the same time, the second page can also be completely displayed on the scroll screen as the scroll screen unfolds. It needs to be explained again that the first area and the second area described here are different from those shown in FIG. 1 . In the description of the embodiment other than that shown in FIG. The description can refer to the area division shown in Figure 1.
示例性的,如图5E所示,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第二方向拖动如图4D所示的窗口431的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,当电子设备100的卷轴屏从未展开状态,展开至半展开状态时,电子设备100可以显示如图5E所示的显示区域535和显示区域545。其中,显示区域535显示有聊天页面441,显示区域545中显示有视频播放页面421。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于半展开状态,还未处于完全展开状态,显示区域535中显示的聊天页面441在卷轴屏展开方向上进行了切割,显示区域535中显示的聊天页面441的内容可以随着卷轴屏展开部分的增加而增加。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 5E , the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the second direction. Wherein, when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is unfolded from the unexpanded state to the half-expanded state, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 535 and the display area 545 as shown in FIG. 5E . Wherein, the chatting page 441 is displayed in the display area 535 , and the video playing page 421 is displayed in the display area 545 . It should be noted that, since the scrolling screen is currently in a semi-expanded state and not yet in a fully unfolded state, the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 535 is cut in the direction in which the scroll screen is unfolded, and the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 535 Content can grow as the expanded portion of the scroll screen increases.
可以理解的是,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,该卷轴屏包括第一区域,第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一窗口。电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第四方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一窗口的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第四方向和卷轴展开方向相同。电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,并在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第二区域显示第一页面。其中,第二区域中的第一页面为收缩后的第一页面或者第二区域中只显示有第一页面的一部分。当卷轴屏完全展开时,电子设备100可以在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第三区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,完整的显示第二页面。同时,第一页面也可以随着卷轴屏的展开完整地显示在卷轴屏上。It can be understood that, the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unfolded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first window are displayed. The electronic device 100 may unfold the scroll screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first window of the scroll screen in the unexpanded state to the fourth direction. Wherein, the fourth direction is the same as the scroll rolling direction. The electronic device 100 may display the second page corresponding to the first window in the first area of the half-expanded state of the scroll screen during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area of the half-expanded state of the scroll screen. Wherein, the first page in the second area is the first page after contraction or only a part of the first page is displayed in the second area. When the scroll screen is fully unfolded, the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the fully unfolded scroll screen, and display the first page in the third area of the fully unfolded scroll screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can completely display the second page during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen. At the same time, the first page can also be completely displayed on the scroll screen as the scroll screen unfolds.
需要说明的是,不限于上述向第一方向或第二方向拖动第一窗口,展开卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏上显示第一页面和第一窗口对应的第二页面的方式。电子设备100可以接收用户其他的输入,展开显示屏,并确定出第一页面和第二页面的显示区域。It should be noted that it is not limited to the above-mentioned manner of dragging the first window in the first direction or the second direction, unfolding the scrolling screen, and displaying the first page and the second page corresponding to the first window on the scrolling screen. The electronic device 100 may receive other input from the user, expand the display screen, and determine the display areas of the first page and the second page.
在一种可能的实现方式中,在拖动第一窗口的过程中,电子设备100可以显示一块或两块或多块展开热区(例如,电子设备100显示屏的在卷轴屏展开方向上的两个屏幕边缘附近的区域)。当电子设备100检测到第一窗口被拖动到展开热区附近时,响应于该操作,电子设备100可以将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,不仅可以支持更多的操作手势展开卷轴屏,还可以避免因误触展开卷轴屏的场景。In a possible implementation, during the process of dragging the first window, the electronic device 100 may display one or two or more expansion hot areas (for example, the display area of the electronic device 100 in the direction in which the scrolling screen is expanded) area near the edges of both screens). When the electronic device 100 detects that the first window is dragged near the expansion hot area, in response to this operation, the electronic device 100 can switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the first window in the first area. One page, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, not only can more operation gestures be supported to unfold the scrolling screen, but also avoid the scene of unfolding the scrolling screen by mistaken touch.
例如,电子设备100可以只显示一块展开热区,当电子设备100检测到用户将第一窗口 拖动到该展开热区附近时,展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。或者,电子设备100可以在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。For example, the electronic device 100 may only display an expanded hot zone, and when the electronic device 100 detects that the user expands the first window When dragging to the vicinity of the expansion hot spot, the scrolling screen is expanded, and the first page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the second or third area of the expanded scrolling screen. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the expanded scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the expanded scroll screen.
再例如,电子设备100可以显示两块展开热区,该两块展开热区包括展开热区A和展开热区B。当电子设备100检测到用户将第一窗口拖动到该展开热区A附近时,展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。当电子设备100检测到用户将第一窗口拖动到该展开热区B附近时,展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。For another example, the electronic device 100 may display two expansion hot areas, and the two expansion hot areas include an expansion hot area A and an expansion hot area B. When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first window to the vicinity of the expanded hot area A, the scrolling screen is expanded, and the first page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the expanded scrolling screen. area or third area displays the second page. When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first window to the vicinity of the expanded hot zone B, the scrolling screen is expanded, and the second page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the second area of the expanded scrolling screen. area or third area displays the first page.
进一步的,电子设备100可以在展开热区上显示展开提示信息,该展开提示信息可以用于提示用户电子设备100将展开显示屏,并且将在具体的某一块显示区域显示第二页面。这样,可以便于用户展开卷轴屏,以及确定第二页面的显示区域。Further, the electronic device 100 may display expansion prompt information on the expansion hot area, and the expansion prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 will expand the display screen and display the second page in a specific display area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to unfold the scrolling screen and determine the display area of the second page.
可选的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入(例如,长按,双击等等)时,显示展开热区。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may display the expansion hotspot when receiving the user's input (for example, long press, double click, etc.) on the first window.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对如图4D的输入(例如,长按)后,显示如图6A所示的展开热区601和展开热区602。其中,当电子设备100接收到用户将窗口431拖动至展开热区601的输入后,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏,在第一区域显示第二页面,在第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。具体的,可以参见如图5B-图5E所示实施例,在此不再赘述。其中,展开热区601还可以包括展开提示信息,该展开提示信息用于提示用户当窗口431被拖动至展开热区601附近时,电子设备100可以在第一区域显示第二页面。其中,当电子设备100接收到用户将窗口431拖动至展开热区602的输入后,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏,在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面,在第一区域显示第一页面。具体的,可以参见如图4F-图4I所示实施例,在此不再赘述。其中,展开热区602还可以包括展开提示信息,该展开提示信息用于提示用户当窗口431被拖动至展开热区602附近时,电子设备100可以在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may display the expanded hotspot 601 and the expanded hotspot 602 as shown in FIG. 6A after receiving the user's input (eg, long press) as shown in FIG. 4D . Wherein, when the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the window 431 to the expansion hot area 601, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scroll screen to display the second page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area or The third area displays the first page. Specifically, reference may be made to the embodiments shown in FIG. 5B-FIG. 5E , which will not be repeated here. Wherein, the expansion hot area 601 may further include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the window 431 is dragged near the expansion hot area 601 , the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area. Wherein, when the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the window 431 to the expansion hot area 602, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scrolling screen, display the second page in the second area or the third area, and display the second page in the second area or the third area. The first area displays the first page. Specifically, reference may be made to the embodiments shown in FIG. 4F-FIG. 4I , which will not be repeated here. Wherein, the expansion hot area 602 may also include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the window 431 is dragged near the expansion hot area 602, the electronic device 100 may display the second window 431 in the second area or the third area. page.
可以理解的是,当电子设备100检测到用户将第一窗口拖动到的位置不在展开热区附近时,电子设备100可以取消显示展开热区。It can be understood that when the electronic device 100 detects that the position to which the user drags the first window is not near the expansion hot area, the electronic device 100 may cancel the display of the expansion hot area.
可选的,展开热区可以为透明的显示区域,悬浮显示在电子设备100显示的第一页面的上方。可选的,展开热区可以为卷轴屏边缘以外的区域。Optionally, the expanded hot zone may be a transparent display area that is suspended and displayed above the first page displayed by the electronic device 100 . Optionally, the expansion hot zone may be an area other than the edge of the scrolling screen.
可选的,电子设备100显示有展开热区时,电子设备100可以针对第一页面进行虚化/模糊处理,并显示虚化/模糊处理后的第一页面。Optionally, when the electronic device 100 displays an expanded hot zone, the electronic device 100 may perform blurring/blurring processing on the first page, and display the blurred/blurring first page.
可选的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入(例如,拖动、长按等)后,显示展开热区的同时,显示悬浮窗热区。当电子设备100检测到用户将第一窗口拖动到该悬浮热区附近时,可以在第一页面上显示悬浮窗口,并在悬浮窗口中显示第二页面。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input (for example, dragging, long-pressing, etc.) on the first window, display the expanded hotspot and display the floating window hotspot at the same time. When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first window to the vicinity of the floating hot area, the floating window may be displayed on the first page, and the second page may be displayed in the floating window.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100的第一窗口中可以显示有卷轴展开控件。当电子设备100检测到用户针对第一窗口的卷轴展开控件的输入(例如单击)时,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,可以便于用户通过卷轴展开控件,更加方便地展开卷轴屏。In a possible implementation manner, a scroll unfolding control may be displayed in the first window of the electronic device 100 . When the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (such as clicking) on the scroll expansion control of the first window, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can be in the second state. The first area displays the first page, and the second area displays the second page. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to expand the scroll screen more conveniently by using the scroll scroll to expand the control.
示例性的,如图6B所示,电子设备100显示有视频播放页面421和窗口431,电子设备 100显示的内容的具体描述可以参见上述图4D所示实施例,在此不再赘述。其中,窗口431中还包括功能控件621。其中,功能控件621可以包括卷轴展开控件621A和卷轴展开控件621B。其中,卷轴展开控件621A可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示窗口431对应的聊天页面441,在卷轴屏展开的部分屏幕的显示区域内显示视频播放页面421,具体的,电子设备100展开卷轴屏,显示聊天页面441和视频播放页面421的详细描述可以参见图5B-图5E所示实施例,在此不再赘述。其中,卷轴展开控件621B可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示视频播放页面421,在卷轴屏展开的部分屏幕的显示区域内显示窗口431对应的聊天页面441,具体的,电子设备100展开卷轴屏,显示聊天页面441和视频播放页面421的详细描述可以参见图4F-图4I所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 6B, the electronic device 100 displays a video play page 421 and a window 431, and the electronic device For a specific description of the content displayed at 100, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4D above, and details are not repeated here. Wherein, the window 431 also includes a function control 621 . Wherein, the function control 621 may include a scroll expansion control 621A and a scroll expansion control 621B. Among them, the scroll unfolding control 621A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 441 corresponding to the window 431 in the display area 405, and display the video playback page 421 in the display area of the part of the screen expanded from the scroll screen, specifically , the electronic device 100 expands the scroll screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421. For detailed description, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B-FIG. Among them, the scroll unfolding control 621B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the video playback page 421 in the display area 405, and display the chat page 441 corresponding to the window 431 in the display area of the partially unfolded screen of the scroll screen, specifically , the electronic device 100 expands the scrolling screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421. For detailed description, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4F-FIG. 4I , which will not be repeated here.
可选的,功能控件621还可以包括悬浮打开控件621C,悬浮打开控件621C可以用于触发电子设备100在视频播放页面421上显示一个悬浮窗口。并在该悬浮窗口中显示聊天页面441。Optionally, the function control 621 may also include a floating opening control 621C, which may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a floating window on the video playing page 421 . And display the chat page 441 in the floating window.
在另一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入,响应于该输入,显示卷轴展开控件。In another possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input on the first window, display the scroll expansion control in response to the input.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对图4D所示的窗口431的输入(例如,长按,双击等)后,响应于该输入,显示如图6C所示的功能控件窗口631。功能控件窗口631可以包括有一个或多个功能控件。例如,卷轴展开控件631A,卷轴展开控件631B,悬浮打开控件631C。其中,这些功能控件的描述可以参见图6B所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may display the function control window 631 as shown in FIG. 6C in response to the user input (for example, long press, double-click, etc.) on the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D after receiving the input. The function control window 631 may include one or more function controls. For example, scroll expand control 631A, scroll expand control 631B, hover open control 631C. Wherein, the description of these functional controls can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 6B , which will not be repeated here.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对图4D所示的窗口431的输入(例如,长按,双击等)后,响应于该输入,显示如图6D所示的卷轴展开控件641和卷轴展开控件642。其中,卷轴展开控件641和图6B所示的卷轴展开控件621A的功能相同,样式不同。卷轴展开控件642和图6B所示的卷轴展开控件621B的功能相同,样式不同。可以理解的是,卷轴展开控件可以不仅限于上述实施例提到的显示样式及显示位置,只要卷轴展开控件可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,该卷轴展开控件可以包括文字、图片、动画等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input (for example, long press, double-click, etc.) on the window 431 shown in FIG. Scroll unwind control 642 . Wherein, the functions of the scroll expansion control 641 and the scroll expansion control 621A shown in FIG. 6B are the same, but the styles are different. The functions of the scroll expansion control 642 and the scroll expansion control 621B shown in FIG. 6B are the same, but the styles are different. It can be understood that the scroll unfolding control may not be limited to the display styles and display positions mentioned in the above embodiments, as long as the scroll unfolding control can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, the scroll unfolding control may include text, pictures, animations, etc. , which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,上述介绍了多种展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的不同显示区域显示第二页面的场景。不限于上述输入方式,电子设备100也可以接收其他的用户输入,展开卷轴屏,以及确定出第二页面的显示区域,本申请对此不作限定。可选的,电子设备100可以提供设置用户的输入和打开卷轴屏以及确定第二页面的显示区域的对应关系的功能。这样,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,灵活设置打开卷轴屏的输入方式,以及第二页面的显示区域。It should be noted that, the above described a variety of scenarios in which the scrolling screen is unfolded and the second page is displayed in different display areas of the unfolded scrolling screen. Not limited to the above-mentioned input methods, the electronic device 100 may also receive other user inputs, unfold the scrolling screen, and determine the display area of the second page, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a user's input, opening a scrolling screen, and determining a corresponding relationship between the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can receive the user's input, and flexibly set the input mode of opening the scroll screen and the display area of the second page.
在一些应用场景中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态。电子设备100包括第一区域和第三区域。电子设备100的第一区域中显示有第一页面,第二区域中显示有第二页面,电子设备100的卷轴屏上还显示有第一窗口。电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入(例如,针对第一窗口的上滑输入)后,响应于该输入,在卷轴屏第一区域的一侧屏幕上显示第一窗口对应的第三页面,或者,在卷轴屏第二区域的一侧屏幕上显示该第三页面,或者在卷轴屏的中间区域显示该第三页面。这样,电子设备100可以在展开的卷轴屏中显示更多的页面,便于用户进行多应用的操作。In some application scenarios, the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state. The electronic device 100 includes a first area and a third area. The first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100 , the second page is displayed in the second area, and the first window is also displayed on the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 . The electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input for the first window (for example, an input for sliding up the first window), in response to the input, display on the side screen of the first area of the scroll screen the corresponding The third page, or the third page is displayed on one side of the second area of the scrolling screen, or the third page is displayed in the middle area of the scrolling screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display more pages on the unfolded scroll screen, which is convenient for the user to perform multi-application operations.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入(例如, 拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入,减小第一区域和第二区域在展开(卷起)卷轴屏方向上的边长。电子设备100还可以在第一区域远离第二区域的一侧添加第三区域,在第三区域中显示第三页面。或者,电子设备100还可以在第二区域远离第一区域的一侧添加第四区域,在第四区域中显示第一窗口对应的第三页面。或者,在第二区域和第一区域的中间添加第五区域,在第五区域中显示第一窗口对应的第三页面。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input on the first window (for example, After dragging the input of the first window), in response to the input, the side lengths of the first area and the second area in the direction of unfolding (rolling up) the scroll screen are reduced. The electronic device 100 may also add a third area on a side of the first area away from the second area, and display a third page in the third area. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may also add a fourth area on a side of the second area away from the first area, and display the third page corresponding to the first window in the fourth area. Alternatively, a fifth area is added between the second area and the first area, and the third page corresponding to the first window is displayed in the fifth area.
可选的,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,确定出在第三区域、第四区域或第五区域显示第三页面。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input and determine to display the third page in the third area, the fourth area or the fifth area.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入A(例如,向第一区域侧拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入A,减小第一区域和第二区域在展开(卷起)卷轴屏方向上的边长,并在第一区域远离第二区域的一侧添加第三区域,在第三区域中显示第三页面。同理,电子设备100可以在接收用户针对第一窗口的输入B(例如,向第二区域侧拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入B,减小第一区域和第二区域在展开(卷起)卷轴屏方向上的边长,并在第二区域远离第一区域的一侧添加第四区域,在第四区域中显示第一窗口对应的第三页面。同理,电子设备100可以在接收用户针对第一窗口的输入C(例如,向屏幕底部拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入C,减小第一区域和第二区域在展开(卷起)卷轴屏方向上的边长,并在第二区域和第一区域的中间添加第五区域,在第五区域中显示第一窗口对应的第三页面。其中,输入A、输入B和输入C都不相同。In some embodiments, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input A for the first window (for example, the input of dragging the first window to the side of the first area), in response to the input A, the first area can be reduced. and the side length of the second area in the direction of expanding (rolling up) the scroll screen, and adding a third area on the side of the first area away from the second area, and displaying a third page in the third area. Similarly, after receiving the user's input B for the first window (for example, an input of dragging the first window to the side of the second area), the electronic device 100 may reduce the size of the first area and the second area in response to the input B. Expand (roll up) the side length in the direction of the scrolling screen, and add a fourth area on the side of the second area away from the first area, and display the third page corresponding to the first window in the fourth area. Similarly, after receiving the user's input C for the first window (for example, an input of dragging the first window to the bottom of the screen), the electronic device 100 may reduce the expansion of the first area and the second area in response to the input C. (roll up) the side length in the scroll screen direction, and add a fifth area in the middle of the second area and the first area, and display the third page corresponding to the first window in the fifth area. Wherein, input A, input B and input C are all different.
示例性的,电子设备100可以显示有如图4G所示的显示区域405和显示区域455。当电子设备100接收到其他应用的消息后,可以在显示区域405和显示区域455的重合边上显示该应用的消息窗口。例如,当电子设备100接收到新闻应用的消息后,可以在显示区域405和显示区域455的重合边上显示如图7A所示的窗口701。窗口701可以用于提示用户有一条新闻消息。窗口701可以用于触发电子设备100显示窗口701对应的新闻详情页面。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may display a display area 405 and a display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G . When the electronic device 100 receives a message from another application, it can display the message window of the application on the overlapped side of the display area 405 and the display area 455 . For example, when the electronic device 100 receives a news application message, it may display a window 701 as shown in FIG. 7A on the overlapped side of the display area 405 and the display area 455 . Window 701 can be used to prompt the user that there is a news message. The window 701 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the news details page corresponding to the window 701 .
如图7B所示,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向显示区域405方向拖动窗口701的输入后,可以移动窗口701在显示屏上的位置。当电子设备100检测到用户将窗口701拖动至原位置的第一区域侧,并松开窗口701后,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏。可以理解的是,朝着第一区域侧拖动窗口再松开窗口的输入等价于向第一区域侧拖动窗口的输入。电子设备100可以减小显示区域405和显示区域455在展开(卷起)卷轴屏方向上的边长,并在卷轴屏的显示区域405远离显示区域455的一侧添加显示区域715。其中,显示区域715中显示有页面新闻详情页面711。As shown in FIG. 7B , the electronic device 100 may move the position of the window 701 on the display screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 701 toward the display area 405 . When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the window 701 to the side of the first area of the original position and releases the window 701, the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen. It can be understood that the input of dragging the window toward the side of the first area and then releasing the window is equivalent to the input of dragging the window toward the side of the first area. The electronic device 100 may reduce the side lengths of the display area 405 and the display area 455 in the direction of unfolding (rolling up) the scroll screen, and add a display area 715 on the side of the scroll screen display area 405 away from the display area 455 . Wherein, a page news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 715 .
如图7C所示,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态。电子设备100的卷轴屏上包括显示区域715、显示区域405和显示区域455。其中,显示区域715中显示有新闻详情页面711。该新闻详情页面711可以包括但不限于新闻标题、新闻内容等等。显示区域405显示有视频播放页面421,显示区域455显示有聊天页面441。其中,显示区域715、显示区域405和显示区域455将卷轴屏均分为三等份,显示各自的页面内容。图7B所示的显示区域405的尺寸大于图7C所示的显示区域405,图7B所示的显示区域455的尺寸大于图7C所示的显示区域455。可选的,显示区域715、显示区域405和显示区域455中相邻的两个显示区域中间可以显示有分隔线。该分隔线可以用于触发电子设备100调整相邻两个显示区域的相对大小。As shown in FIG. 7C , the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state. The scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 includes a display area 715 , a display area 405 and a display area 455 . Wherein, a news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 715 . The news detail page 711 may include but not limited to news titles, news content and so on. The display area 405 displays a video play page 421 , and the display area 455 displays a chat page 441 . Wherein, the display area 715 , the display area 405 and the display area 455 divide the scrolling screen into three equal parts and display respective page contents. The size of the display area 405 shown in FIG. 7B is larger than that of the display area 405 shown in FIG. 7C , and the size of the display area 455 shown in FIG. 7B is larger than that of the display area 455 shown in FIG. 7C . Optionally, a separation line may be displayed between two adjacent display areas among the display area 715 , the display area 405 and the display area 455 . The separation line can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to adjust the relative sizes of two adjacent display areas.
可选的,当电子设备100接收到用户拖动第一窗口的输入后,在卷轴屏上显示一块或两块或多块热区(例如,电子设备100在卷轴屏的在卷轴屏展开方向上的两个屏幕边缘附近显示热区),当电子设备100检测到第一窗口被拖动到展开热区附近时,响应于该操作,电子设 备100可以在该热区对应的显示区域显示第三页面。其中,该热区对应的显示区域可以为第三区域、第四区域或第五区域。需要说明的是,当电子设备100显示有多块热区时,每块热区可以对应同一个显示区域,或者每块热区对应不同的显示区域。Optionally, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the first window, one or two or more hot areas are displayed on the scroll screen (for example, the electronic device 100 is displayed on the scroll screen in the scroll screen unfolding direction The hot zone is displayed near the two screen edges of the window), when the electronic device 100 detects that the first window is dragged to the vicinity of the expanded hot zone, in response to this operation, the electronic device 100 The device 100 may display the third page in the display area corresponding to the hot zone. Wherein, the display area corresponding to the hot zone may be the third area, the fourth area or the fifth area. It should be noted that when the electronic device 100 displays multiple hotspots, each hotspot may correspond to the same display area, or each hotspot may correspond to a different display area.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态。电子设备100包括第一区域和第三区域。电子设备100的第一区域中显示有第一页面,第二区域中显示有第二页面,电子设备100的第一区域和第二区域上显示有第一窗口。电子设备100可以在接收到用户的输入(例如,向第一区域侧拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入,将第一区域划分为第一子区域和第二子区域,并在第一子区域显示第一页面,在第二子区域显示第三页面。或者,将第二区域划分为第三子区域和第四子区域,并在第三子区域显示第二页面,在第四子区域显示第三页面。In a possible implementation manner, the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state. The electronic device 100 includes a first area and a third area. The first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100 , the second page is displayed in the second area, and the first window is displayed on the first area and the second area of the electronic device 100 . The electronic device 100 may divide the first area into a first sub-area and a second sub-area in response to the input after receiving the user's input (for example, an input of dragging the first window to the side of the first area), and The first page is displayed in the first sub-area, and the third page is displayed in the second sub-area. Alternatively, the second area is divided into a third sub-area and a fourth sub-area, and the second page is displayed in the third sub-area, and the third page is displayed in the fourth sub-area.
可选的,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,确定出在第二子区域或第四子区域显示第三页面。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may receive a user's input and determine to display the third page in the second subarea or the fourth subarea.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入A(例如,向第一区域侧拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入A,将第一区域划分为第一子区域和第二子区域,并在第一子区域显示第一页面,在第二子区域显示第三页面。电子设备100可以在接收用户针对第一窗口的输入B(例如,向第二区域侧拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入B,将第二区域划分为第三子区域和第四子区域,并在第三子区域显示第二页面,在第四子区域显示第三页面。其中,输入A和输入B不同。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may divide the first area into It is the first sub-area and the second sub-area, and the first page is displayed in the first sub-area, and the third page is displayed in the second sub-area. The electronic device 100 may divide the second area into the third sub-area and the second sub-area in response to the input B after receiving the user's input B for the first window (for example, an input of dragging the first window to the side of the second area). Four sub-areas, and display the second page in the third sub-area, and display the third page in the fourth sub-area. Wherein, input A and input B are different.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一区域侧拖动如图7A所示的窗口701的输入后,电子设备100可以显示如图7D所示的显示区域725、显示区域735和显示区域455。其中,显示区域725中显示有视频播放页面421,显示区域735中显示有新闻详情页面711,显示区域455中显示有聊天页面441。需要说明的是,显示区域725和显示区域735由图7A所示的显示区域405划分得到。显示区域725中显示的视频播放页面421的内容少于显示区域405中显示的视频播放页面421的内容。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 725, the display area 735 and the display area 735 shown in FIG. Display area 455 . Wherein, the video play page 421 is displayed in the display area 725 , the news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 735 , and the chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 455 . It should be noted that the display area 725 and the display area 735 are obtained by dividing the display area 405 shown in FIG. 7A . The content of the video playing page 421 displayed in the display area 725 is less than that of the video playing page 421 displayed in the display area 405 .
可选的,显示区域725和显示区域735之间可以包括分隔线,该分隔线可以用于调整显示区域725和显示区域735之间的相对大小。显示区域725和显示区域735组成的整体和显示区域455之间也可以包括分隔线,该分隔线可以用于调整显示区域725和显示区域735组成的整体和显示区域455之间的相对大小。Optionally, a separation line may be included between the display area 725 and the display area 735 , and the separation line may be used to adjust the relative size between the display area 725 and the display area 735 . A separation line may also be included between the display area 725 and the display area 735 and the display area 455 , and the separation line may be used to adjust the relative size between the display area 725 and the display area 735 and the display area 455 .
在一些实施例中,第一区域可以为显示屏的左半区域,第二区域为显示屏的右半区域。第一子区域可以为第一区域的上半区域,第二子区域可以为第一区域的下半区域。第三子区域可以为第二区域的上半区域,第四子区域可以为第二区域的下半区域。In some embodiments, the first area may be the left half area of the display screen, and the second area may be the right half area of the display screen. The first sub-area may be the upper half of the first area, and the second sub-area may be the lower half of the first area. The third sub-area may be the upper half of the second area, and the fourth sub-area may be the lower half of the second area.
可选的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入A(例如,向第一区域侧拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入,在第一区域中显示第三页面。同理,电子设备100可以在接收用户针对第一窗口的输入B(例如,向第二区域侧拖动第一窗口的输入)后,响应于该输入,在第二区域中显示第三页面。其中,输入A和输入B不同。Optionally, after receiving the user's input A for the first window (for example, the input of dragging the first window to the side of the first area), the electronic device 100 may display the third window in the first area in response to the input. page. Similarly, after receiving the user's input B for the first window (for example, an input of dragging the first window to the side of the second area), the electronic device 100 may display the third page in the second area in response to the input. Wherein, input A and input B are different.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一区域侧拖动如图7A所示的窗口701的输入后,电子设备100可以显示如图7E所示的显示区域405和显示区域455。其中,显示区域405中显示有新闻详情页面711,显示区域455中显示有聊天页面441。 Exemplarily, after the electronic device 100 receives an input that the user drags the window 701 shown in FIG. 7A toward the first area, the electronic device 100 may display the display area 405 and the display area 455 as shown in FIG. 7E . Wherein, a news detail page 711 is displayed in the display area 405 , and a chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 455 .
可选的,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态。电子设备100包括第一区域和第三区域。电子设备100的第一区域中显示有第一页面,第二区域中显示有第二页面,电子设备100接收到其他应用的消息时,可以在第一区域或第二区域上显示第一窗口,第一窗口可以用于触发电子设备100显示对应应用的页面。Optionally, the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state. The electronic device 100 includes a first area and a third area. The first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100, and the second page is displayed in the second area. When the electronic device 100 receives a message from another application, it may display the first window on the first area or the second area, The first window may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a page of a corresponding application.
示例性的,电子设备100可以显示有如图4G所示的显示区域405和显示区域455。当电子设备100接收到其他应用的消息后,可以在显示区域405或显示区域455上显示该应用的消息窗口。例如,当电子设备100接收到新闻应用的消息后,可以在显示区域405上显示如图7F所示的窗口751。窗口751的详细描述可以参见图7A所示的窗口701,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may display a display area 405 and a display area 455 as shown in FIG. 4G . After receiving a message from another application, the electronic device 100 may display the message window of the application on the display area 405 or the display area 455 . For example, when the electronic device 100 receives a news application message, it may display a window 751 as shown in FIG. 7F on the display area 405 . For a detailed description of the window 751, reference may be made to the window 701 shown in FIG. 7A , which will not be repeated here.
进一步可选的,当电子设备100在第一区域显示第一窗口时,当电子设备100接收到用户针对第一窗口的输入后,响应于该输入,可以在第一区域侧显示第一窗口对应的第三页面。例如,当电子设备100显示如图7F所示的窗口751时,可以在接收到用户针对窗口751的输入(例如单击)后,在显示区域405侧的卷轴屏上显示窗口751对应的新闻详情页面711。具体的,电子设备100在显示区域405侧的卷轴屏上显示新闻详情页面711的描述可以参见图7C-图7E所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Further optionally, when the electronic device 100 displays the first window in the first area, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the first window, in response to the input, it may display the first window corresponding to the first window on the side of the first area. the third page of . For example, when the electronic device 100 displays the window 751 as shown in FIG. 7F , after receiving the user's input (such as clicking) on the window 751, the news details corresponding to the window 751 can be displayed on the scroll screen on the side of the display area 405. Page 711. Specifically, the description of the electronic device 100 displaying the news details page 711 on the scroll screen at the side of the display area 405 may refer to the embodiments shown in FIGS. 7C-7E , and details are not repeated here.
可选的,电子设备100可以提供设置第一窗口在完全展开状态的卷轴屏中的显示位置和第一窗口对应的第三页面的显示区域的对应关系的功能。这样,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,灵活设置第一窗口和第三页面的显示位置。例如,电子设备100设置有在第二区域显示第一窗口时,电子设备100将在第二区域侧的卷轴屏上显示第三页面。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a corresponding relationship between the display position of the first window in the fully unfolded scroll screen and the display area of the third page corresponding to the first window. In this way, the electronic device 100 can flexibly set the display positions of the first window and the third page by receiving the user's input. For example, when the electronic device 100 is configured to display the first window in the second area, the electronic device 100 will display the third page on the scroll screen at the side of the second area.
需要说明的是,不限于包括卷轴屏的电子设备,上述如何显示第三页面的显示方法也可以应用于其他可以同时显示两个及两个以上页面的电子设备,例如包括折叠屏的电子设备。It should be noted that it is not limited to electronic devices including scrolling screens, and the display method of how to display the third page above can also be applied to other electronic devices that can display two or more pages at the same time, such as electronic devices including folding screens.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态。电子设备100包括第一区域和第二区域。电子设备100的第一区域中显示有第一页面,第二区域中显示有第二页面。电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,收回卷轴屏。当电子设备100的卷轴屏从完全展开状态变换为未展开状态后,电子设备100可以在卷轴屏上全屏显示第一页面或第二页面。这样,用户不需要自己手动卷回卷轴屏,电子设备可以基于用户的输入,自动收回卷轴屏。In a possible implementation manner, the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state. The electronic device 100 includes a first area and a second area. A first page is displayed in the first area of the electronic device 100, and a second page is displayed in the second area. The electronic device 100 may receive the user's input and retract the scrolling screen. After the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 changes from a fully expanded state to an unexpanded state, the electronic device 100 may display the first page or the second page in full screen on the scroll screen. In this way, the user does not need to manually roll back the scroll screen, and the electronic device can automatically retract the scroll screen based on the user's input.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100收回卷轴屏后,在电子设备100的卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,显示有第一页面。其中,电子设备100收回卷轴屏的过程可以参见图3B中所示的步骤(d)-步骤(a),也可以参见图3C中所示的步骤(d)-步骤(a)等等,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, after the electronic device 100 retracts the scroll screen, the first page is displayed when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 returns to the unexpanded state. Wherein, the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 can refer to step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3B , or step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3C , etc., in This will not be repeated here.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备100收回卷轴屏后,电子设备100可以首先替换第一区域和第二区域的显示内容,即在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面,之后,电子设备100可以收回卷轴屏。其中,电子设备100收回卷轴屏的过程可以参见图3B中所示的步骤(d)-步骤(a),也可以参见图3C中所示的步骤(d)-步骤(a)等等。或者,电子设备100可以保持第二区域的尺寸不变,并随着卷轴屏的收回,减小第一区域的尺寸,直至卷轴屏回到未展开状态,此时,电子设备100的卷轴屏上只包括第二区域。其中,第一区域随着卷轴屏的收回逐步减小的描述可以参见图3B以及图3C中步骤(d)-步骤(a)中第三区域逐步减小的实施例,在此不再赘述。In some other embodiments, after the electronic device 100 retracts the scroll screen, the electronic device 100 may first replace the display content in the first area and the second area, that is, display the second page in the first area and display the first page in the second area. Afterwards, the electronic device 100 can retract the scroll screen. Wherein, the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 may refer to step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3B , and may also refer to step (d)-step (a) shown in FIG. 3C and so on. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may keep the size of the second area unchanged, and reduce the size of the first area as the scroll screen retracts until the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state. At this time, the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 Only the second region is included. Wherein, the description of the gradual reduction of the first area as the scroll screen retracts can refer to the embodiment of the gradual reduction of the third area in step (d)-step (a) in FIG. 3B and FIG. 3C , which will not be repeated here.
可选的,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,设置卷轴屏从完全展开状态回到未展开状态时,继续显示第一页面还是第二页面。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may receive user input, and set whether to continue to display the first page or the second page when the scroll screen returns from the fully expanded state to the unexpanded state.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备100处于完全展开状态时,当电子设备100接收到用户的输入A后,响应于输入A,收回卷轴屏,并在电子设备100的卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全 屏显示第一页面。电子设备100处于完全展开状态时,当电子设备100接收到用户的输入B后,响应于输入B,收回卷轴屏,并在电子设备100的卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第二页面。其中,输入A和输入B不同。In some other embodiments, when the electronic device 100 is in the fully unfolded state, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input A, in response to the input A, retract the scroll screen, and return to the unexpanded state on the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 when all The screen displays the first page. When the electronic device 100 is in the fully unfolded state, after the electronic device 100 receives the input B from the user, it retracts the scroll screen in response to the input B, and when the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 returns to the unexpanded state, the second page is displayed in full screen . Wherein, input A and input B are different.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态,该卷轴屏上包括第一区域、第二区域和分隔线。电子设备100可以接收用户针对分隔线的输入,响应于该输入,收回卷轴屏,当卷轴屏从完全展开状态到未展开状态后,在卷轴屏上显示第一页面或第二页面。例如,电子设备100可以接收到用户针对分隔线的滑动输入(例如,向上滑动),收回卷轴屏,并在回到未展开状态的卷轴屏上显示第一页面或第二页面。其中,电子设备100收回卷轴屏的过程可以参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。In some embodiments, the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state, and the scroll screen includes a first area, a second area and a separation line. The electronic device 100 may receive a user's input on the separation line, and retract the scroll screen in response to the input, and display the first page or the second page on the scroll screen when the scroll screen is from a fully unfolded state to an unexpanded state. For example, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's sliding input (for example, sliding up) on the separation line, retract the scroll screen, and display the first page or the second page on the scroll screen returned to the unexpanded state. Wherein, the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 may refer to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
进一步的,电子设备100可以响应于用户针对分隔线的不同输入,收回卷轴屏,并基于该输入确定出保留第一页面或第二页面。这样,电子设备可以基于用户的输入,确定出未展开状态卷轴屏上的显示内容,用户可以自行保留还要使用的页面。例如,电子设备100可以接收用户针对分隔线的向第一区域滑动的输入,收回卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第二区域的第二页面。电子设备100还可以接收用户针对分隔线的向第二区域滑动的输入,收回卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第一区域的第一页面。Further, the electronic device 100 may retract the scroll screen in response to different input from the user on the separation line, and determine to reserve the first page or the second page based on the input. In this way, based on the user's input, the electronic device can determine the displayed content on the scroll screen in the unexpanded state, and the user can reserve the pages to be used by himself. For example, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of sliding to the first area with respect to the dividing line, withdraw the scrolling screen, and display the second page in the second area in full screen when the scrolling screen returns to the unexpanded state. The electronic device 100 may also receive the user's input of sliding to the second area with respect to the dividing line, withdraw the scrolling screen, and display the first page of the first area in full screen when the scrolling screen returns to the unexpanded state.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态,该卷轴屏上包括第一区域、第二区域。电子设备100的侧边框上包括有可以接收用户的输入传感器(例如压力传感器)或器件(例如,触摸板)。电子设备100可以接收用户针对电子设备100的侧边框的输入,响应于该输入,收回卷轴屏,当卷轴屏从完全展开状态到未展开状态后,在卷轴屏上显示第一页面或第二页面。例如,电子设备100可以接收到用户针对侧边框的滑动输入(例如,向上滑动),收回卷轴屏,并在回到未展开状态的卷轴屏上显示第一页面或第二页面。其中,电子设备100收回卷轴屏的过程可以参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。In some other embodiments, the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state, and the scroll screen includes a first area and a second area. The side frame of the electronic device 100 includes a sensor (such as a pressure sensor) or a device (such as a touchpad) capable of receiving user input. The electronic device 100 may receive a user's input on the side frame of the electronic device 100, and retract the scroll screen in response to the input, and display the first page or the second page on the scroll screen when the scroll screen is from a fully unfolded state to an unexpanded state. . For example, the electronic device 100 may receive a user's sliding input on the side frame (for example, sliding up), retract the scrolling screen, and display the first page or the second page on the scrolling screen returning to the unfolded state. Wherein, the process of retracting the scroll screen by the electronic device 100 may refer to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here.
进一步的,电子设备100可以响应于用户针对侧边框的不同输入,收回卷轴屏,并基于该输入确定出保留第一页面或第二页面。例如,电子设备100可以接收用户针对侧边框的向上滑动的输入,收回卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第二区域的第二页面。电子设备100还可以接收用户针对侧边框的向下滑动的输入,收回卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第一区域的第一页面。Further, the electronic device 100 may retract the scrolling screen in response to different input from the user on the side frame, and determine to reserve the first page or the second page based on the input. For example, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of sliding upward on the side frame, retract the scroll screen, and display the second page in the second area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state. The electronic device 100 may also receive the user's input of sliding down the side frame, retract the scroll screen, and display the first page in the first area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state.
在另一些实施例中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于完全展开状态,该卷轴屏上包括第一区域、第二区域和卷轴收回控件。电子设备100可以接收用户针对卷轴收回控件的输入,响应于该输入,收回卷轴屏,当卷轴屏从完全展开状态到未展开状态后,在卷轴屏上显示第一页面或第二页面。In some other embodiments, the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is in a fully unfolded state, and the scroll screen includes a first area, a second area and a scroll retraction control. The electronic device 100 may receive the user's input for retracting the scrolling control, and retract the scrolling screen in response to the input, and display the first page or the second page on the scrolling screen when the scrolling screen is from a fully unfolded state to an unexpanded state.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在卷轴屏从未展开状态变换至完全展开状态时,显示卷轴收回控件。例如,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一方向拖动如图4D所示的窗口431的输入后,展开卷轴屏。当卷轴屏从半展开状态变换为完全展开状态时,显示如图8A所示的卷轴收回控件801。其中,卷轴收回控件801可以用于触发电子设备100收回卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,显示视频播放页面421或聊天页面441。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may display the scroll retraction control when the scroll screen changes from the unexpanded state to the fully expanded state. For example, the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the window 431 shown in FIG. 4D to the first direction. When the scroll screen changes from a half-expanded state to a fully-expanded state, a scroll retract control 801 as shown in FIG. 8A is displayed. Wherein, the scroll retracting control 801 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to retract the scroll screen, and display the video play page 421 or the chat page 441 when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state.
进一步的,电子设备100可以响应于用户针对卷轴收回控件的不同输入,收回卷轴屏,并基于该输入确定出保留第一页面或第二页面。例如,电子设备100可以接收到用户针对卷轴收回控件的向第一区域滑动的输入,收回卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第二区域的第二页面。电子设备100还可以接收到用户针对卷轴收回控件的向第二区域滑动的输入,收回卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第一区域的第一页面。例 如,电子设备100显示有图8A所示的界面时,可以在接收到用户针对卷轴收回控件的向显示区域455滑动的输入时,响应于该输入,收回卷轴屏。在电子设备100收回卷轴屏的过程中,可以显示如图4F或如图4H所示的界面。当电子设备100的卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,可以显示如图4C所示的界面。Further, the electronic device 100 may retract the scroll screen in response to different user input on the scroll retract control, and determine to reserve the first page or the second page based on the input. For example, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of sliding the scroll retraction control to the first area, retract the scroll screen, and display the second page in the second area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state. The electronic device 100 may also receive the user's input of sliding the scroll retraction control to the second area, retract the scroll screen, and display the first page in the first area in full screen when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state. example For example, when the electronic device 100 displays the interface shown in FIG. 8A , when receiving the user's input of sliding the scroll retraction control to the display area 455 , retract the scroll screen in response to the input. During the process of retracting the scroll screen, the electronic device 100 may display an interface as shown in FIG. 4F or FIG. 4H . When the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 returns to the unfolded state, an interface as shown in FIG. 4C may be displayed.
可选的,该卷轴收回控件可以悬浮显示在电子设备100显示的界面上。电子设备100可以接收用户针对该卷轴收回控件的拖动输入,改变卷轴收回控件在卷轴屏上的显示位置。Optionally, the scroll retracting control may be suspended and displayed on the interface displayed by the electronic device 100 . The electronic device 100 may receive a user's drag input on the scroll retracting control, and change the display position of the scroll retracting control on the scroll screen.
可选的,卷轴收回控件可以包括卷轴收回控件A和卷轴收回控件B。其中,卷轴收回控件A可以用于触发电子设备100收回卷轴屏,并且在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第一页面,例如,卷轴收回控件A可以为如图8B所示的卷轴收回控件811。其中,卷轴收回控件B可以用于触发电子设备100收回卷轴屏,并且在卷轴屏回到未展开状态时,全屏显示第二页面,例如,卷轴收回控件B可以为如图8B所示的卷轴收回控件812。Optionally, the reel retraction controls may include a reel retraction control A and a reel retraction control B. Wherein, the scroll retracting control A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to retract the scroll screen, and when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state, the first page is displayed in full screen, for example, the scroll retracting control A can be the scroll retracting as shown in FIG. 8B Control 811. Wherein, the scroll retracting control B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to retract the scroll screen, and when the scroll screen returns to the unexpanded state, the second page is displayed in full screen, for example, the scroll retracting control B can be the scroll retracting as shown in FIG. 8B Control 812 .
可选的,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,设置收回卷轴屏操作对应的用户输入。这样,用户可以自行设置通过怎样的用户输入收回卷轴屏,以及,不同的用户输入触发电子设备100继续显示第一页面还是第二页面。这样,可以贴合用户的使用习惯,保留用户还要使用的页面。可选的,电子设备100可以提供上述几种收起卷轴屏的方式给用户使用,并且电子设备100可以接收用户的输入确定电子设备100收起卷轴屏的方式。例如,当电子设备100的卷轴屏的显示区域划分方式为如图5E所示实施例示出的方式时,电子设备100可以接收到用户的输入后,保持第一区域的尺寸不变,逐步减小第二区域的尺寸,收回卷轴屏。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may receive user input, and set the user input corresponding to the operation of retracting the scroll screen. In this way, the user can set what kind of user input is used to retract the scroll screen, and different user inputs trigger the electronic device 100 to continue displaying the first page or the second page. In this way, it can fit the user's usage habits and retain the pages that the user still needs to use. Optionally, the electronic device 100 may provide the user with the above-mentioned several methods of retracting the scroll screen, and the electronic device 100 may receive an input from the user to determine the manner in which the electronic device 100 retracts the scroll screen. For example, when the display area division method of the scroll screen of the electronic device 100 is as shown in the embodiment shown in FIG. 5E , the electronic device 100 may keep the size of the first area unchanged and gradually reduce the The size of the second area, retract the scroll screen.
需要说明的是,上述滑动操作,拖动操作以及控件的样式仅为示例,不应对收起卷轴屏的输入方式等构成限定。It should be noted that the above-mentioned sliding operation, dragging operation, and the style of the control are only examples, and should not limit the input method of the scroll screen.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100的第一窗口处于电子设备100的消息栏中,电子设备100也可以在接收到用户针对消息栏中的第一窗口的输入后,展开卷轴屏,并确定出展开后的卷轴屏的显示内容。In some embodiments, the first window of the electronic device 100 is in the message bar of the electronic device 100, and the electronic device 100 may expand the scrolling screen after receiving the user's input on the first window in the message bar, and determine the The display content of the expanded scroll screen.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对图4C的顶部边框的下滑操作时,显示如图9所示的消息栏901。消息栏901中显示有窗口902,该窗口902可以用于触发电子设备100显示聊天页面441。当电子设备100接收到用户针对窗口902的输入后,响应于该输入,展开卷轴屏,并在显示区域405中显示如图4C所示的视频播放页面421,在卷轴屏展开的部分屏幕显示聊天页面441,具体的,可以参见如图4F-图4I所示实施例。或者,电子设备100展开卷轴屏,并在显示区域405中显示聊天页面441,在卷轴屏展开的部分屏幕显示视频播放页面421,具体的,可以参见如图5B-图5E所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may display the message bar 901 as shown in FIG. 9 when receiving the user's swipe down operation on the top frame in FIG. 4C . A window 902 is displayed in the message bar 901 , and the window 902 can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the chat page 441 . When the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the window 902, in response to the input, the scroll screen is expanded, and the video playback page 421 shown in FIG. Page 441, for details, refer to the embodiment shown in Fig. 4F-Fig. 4I. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 unfolds the scrolling screen, and displays the chat page 441 in the display area 405, and displays the video playing page 421 on the partially unfolded screen of the scrolling screen. For details, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B-FIG. This will not be repeated here.
在一些应用场景中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,该卷轴屏包括第一区域,第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一图标。电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对卷轴屏的第一图标的输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,显示第一区域的页面,用户可以不受影响地浏览第一区域的页面。需要说明的是,第一页面包括第一图标。In some application scenarios, the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first icon are displayed. The electronic device 100 may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state after receiving the user's input on the first icon on the scrolling screen, and the electronic device may display the first page in the first area and display the page in the second area. second page. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display the pages in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, and the user can browse the pages in the first area without being affected. It should be noted that the first page includes a first icon.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一页面的第一图标的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第一方向可以为卷轴展开的方向。电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面, 并在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第二区域显示第二页面。当卷轴屏完全展开时,在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第三区域显示第二页面。这样,电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在第一区域显示第一页面,也就是说,用户可以继续浏览第一页面。电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第二方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一页面的第一图标的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第二方向可以为卷轴收回的方向。电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并在半展开状态的卷轴屏的第二区域显示第一页面。当卷轴屏完全展开时,在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并在完全展开状态的卷轴屏的第三区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,在第一区域替换显示第二页面,也就是说,用户可以不需要等到卷轴屏展开才能浏览第二页面。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first icon on the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state toward the first direction. Wherein, the first direction may be the direction in which the reel is unfolded. The electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, And display the second page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state. When the scrolling screen is fully expanded, the first page is displayed in the first area of the scrolling screen in the fully expanded state, and the second page is displayed in the third area of the scrolling screen in the fully expanded state. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display the first page in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, that is, the user can continue to browse the first page. The electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input of the user dragging the first icon on the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state to the second direction. Wherein, the second direction may be a direction in which the reel is retracted. The electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area of the scroll screen in the half-expanded state. When the scrolling screen is fully unfolded, the second page is displayed in the first region of the scrolling screen in the fully unfolded state, and the first page is displayed in the third region of the scrolling screen in the fully unfolded state. In this way, the electronic device 100 can alternately display the second page in the first area during the process of unfolding the scroll screen, that is, the user can browse the second page without waiting for the scroll screen to unfold.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100接收到用户拖动第一图标的输入后,可以显示一块或两块或多块展开热区。(例如,电子设备100显示屏的在卷轴屏展开方向上的两个屏幕边缘附近的区域)。当电子设备100检测到第一图标被拖动到展开热区附近时,响应于该操作,电子设备100可以将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,不仅可以支持更多的操作手势展开卷轴屏,还可以避免因误触展开卷轴屏的场景。In some embodiments, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of dragging the first icon, it may display one or two or more expanded hot zones. (For example, the areas near the two screen edges of the display screen of the electronic device 100 in the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen). When the electronic device 100 detects that the first icon is dragged near the expansion hot area, in response to this operation, the electronic device 100 may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device may display the first icon in the first area. One page, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, not only can more operation gestures be supported to unfold the scrolling screen, but also avoid the scene of unfolding the scrolling screen by mistaken touch.
例如,电子设备100可以只显示一块展开热区,当电子设备100检测到用户将第一图标拖动到该展开热区附近时,展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。或者,电子设备100可以在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。For example, the electronic device 100 may display only one expansion hot area, and when the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first icon near the expansion hot area, the scroll screen is expanded, and the first icon is displayed in the first area of the expanded scroll screen. a page, and display the second page in the second or third area of the expanded scroll screen. Alternatively, the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the expanded scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the expanded scroll screen.
再例如,电子设备100可以显示两块展开热区,该两块展开热区包括展开热区A和展开热区B。当电子设备100检测到用户将第一图标拖动到该展开热区A附近时,展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。当电子设备100检测到用户将第一图标拖动到该展开热区B附近时,展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,并且在展开的卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。For another example, the electronic device 100 may display two expansion hot areas, and the two expansion hot areas include an expansion hot area A and an expansion hot area B. When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first icon to the vicinity of the expanded hot zone A, the scrolling screen is expanded, and the first page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the expanded scrolling screen. area or third area displays the second page. When the electronic device 100 detects that the user drags the first icon to the vicinity of the expanded hot zone B, the scrolling screen is expanded, and the second page is displayed in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and the second page is displayed in the second area of the expanded scrolling screen. area or third area displays the first page.
进一步的,电子设备100可以在展开热区上显示展开提示信息,该展开提示信息可以用于提示用户电子设备100将展开显示屏,并且将在具体的某一块显示区域显示第二页面。Further, the electronic device 100 may display expansion prompt information on the expansion hot area, and the expansion prompt information may be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 will expand the display screen and display the second page in a specific display area.
示例性的,电子设备100显示有图4A所示的桌面401。当电子设备100接收到用户针对聊天应用图标404的拖动输入后,响应于该拖动输入,电子设备100显示如图10A所示的展开热区1001和展开热区1002。其中,当电子设备100接收到用户将聊天应用图标404拖动至展开热区1001的输入后,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏,在第一区域显示第二页面,在第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。其中,展开热区1001还可以包括展开提示信息,该展开提示信息用于提示用户当聊天应用图标404被拖动至展开热区1001附近时,电子设备100可以在第一区域显示第二页面。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 displays a desktop 401 as shown in FIG. 4A . When the electronic device 100 receives the user's drag input for the chat application icon 404, in response to the drag input, the electronic device 100 displays the expansion hot area 1001 and the expansion hot area 1002 as shown in FIG. 10A. Wherein, when the electronic device 100 receives the input that the user drags the chat application icon 404 to the expansion hot area 1001, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scrolling screen, display the second page in the first area, and display the second page in the second area. area or third area displays the first page. Wherein, the expansion hot area 1001 may further include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the chat application icon 404 is dragged near the expansion hot area 1001 , the electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area.
其中,当电子设备100接收到用户将聊天应用图标404拖动至展开热区1002的输入后,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏,在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面,在第一区域显示第一页面。其中,展开热区1002还可以包括展开提示信息,该展开提示信息用于提示用户当聊天应用图标404被拖动至展开热区1002附近时,电子设备100可以在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。Wherein, when the electronic device 100 receives the input that the user drags the chat application icon 404 to the expansion hot area 1002, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scrolling screen and display the second page in the second area or the third area , to display the first page in the first area. Wherein, the expansion hot area 1002 may also include expansion prompt information, and the expansion prompt information is used to prompt the user that when the chat application icon 404 is dragged near the expansion hot area 1002, the electronic device 100 may display the information in the second area or the third area. second page.
当电子设备100接收到用户将聊天应用拖动到展开热区1002的输入后,响应于该输入, 展开卷轴屏。其中,在电子设备100展开卷轴屏的过程中,当卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,可以显示如图10B所示的显示区域405和显示区域1015。其中,显示区域405中显示有桌面401,显示区域1015显示有聊天页面441。需要说明的是,由于卷轴屏当前处于半展开状态,还未处于完全展开状态,显示区域1015中显示的聊天页面441在卷轴屏展开方向上进行了切割。显示区域1015中显示的聊天页面441的内容随着卷轴屏展开部分的增加而增加。After the electronic device 100 receives the input that the user drags the chat application to the expansion hot zone 1002, in response to the input, Expand the scroll screen. Wherein, when the electronic device 100 unfolds the scrolling screen, when the scrolling screen is in a half-expanded state, the display area 405 and the display area 1015 as shown in FIG. 10B may be displayed. Wherein, a desktop 401 is displayed in the display area 405 , and a chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 1015 . It should be noted that, since the scroll screen is currently in a half-expanded state and not fully expanded, the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 1015 is cut in the direction in which the scroll screen is unfolded. The content of the chat page 441 displayed in the display area 1015 increases as the expanded portion of the scrolling screen increases.
当卷轴屏处于完全展开状态时,可以显示如图10C所示的显示区域405和显示区域1015。其中,显示区域405中显示有桌面401,显示区域1015显示有完整的聊天页面441。When the scroll screen is in a fully unfolded state, the display area 405 and the display area 1015 as shown in FIG. 10C may be displayed. Wherein, a desktop 401 is displayed in the display area 405 , and a complete chat page 441 is displayed in the display area 1015 .
可选的,电子设备100处于半展开状态时,显示在卷轴展开方向上进行收缩处理的第二页面。例如,电子设备100处于半展开状态时,可以显示如图10D所示的聊天页面441。其中,聊天页面441处于收缩状态,聊天页面441可以随着卷轴屏的展开而伸展。当电子设备100处于完全展开状态时,聊天页面441不处于收缩状态。其中,电子设备100展开卷轴屏并在第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面的具体描述可以参见图4F-图4I所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Optionally, when the electronic device 100 is in the half-expanded state, it displays the second page shrunk in the unfolding direction of the scroll. For example, when the electronic device 100 is in a half-expanded state, a chat page 441 as shown in FIG. 10D may be displayed. Wherein, the chatting page 441 is in a contracted state, and the chatting page 441 can be stretched along with the unfolding of the scrolling screen. When the electronic device 100 is in a fully expanded state, the chat page 441 is not in a contracted state. Wherein, the specific description of the electronic device 100 unfolding the scrolling screen and displaying the second page in the second area or the third area can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4F-FIG. 4I , which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,不限于拖动第一图标的输入,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一图标的其他输入(例如,长按,双击等等)时,显示展开热区。It should be noted that, not limited to the input of dragging the first icon, the electronic device 100 may display the expansion hotspot when receiving other input (for example, long press, double click, etc.) from the user on the first icon.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以接收用户针对第一图标的输入,响应于该输入,显示卷轴展开控件。当电子设备100检测到用户针对卷轴展开控件的输入(例如单击)时,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,可以便于用户通过卷轴展开控件,更加方便地展开卷轴屏。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may receive user input for the first icon, and in response to the input, display the scroll rollout control. When the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (for example, click) on the scroll expansion control, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display in the first area first page, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to expand the scroll screen more conveniently by using the scroll scroll to expand the control.
示例性的,电子设备100显示有图4A所示的桌面401。当电子设备100接收到用户针对聊天应用图标404的输入(例如,长按)后,响应于该输入,电子设备100显示如图10E所示的菜单栏1021。菜单栏1021可以包括卷轴展开控件1021A。其中,卷轴展开控件1021A可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示聊天应用图标404对应的聊天页面441,在卷轴屏展开的部分屏幕的显示区域内显示桌面401,具体的,电子设备100展开卷轴屏,显示聊天页面441和桌面401的描述,可以参见图5B-图5E所示的展开卷轴屏,显示聊天页面441和视频播放页面421的实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 displays a desktop 401 as shown in FIG. 4A . When the electronic device 100 receives the user's input (for example, long press) on the chat application icon 404, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 displays the menu bar 1021 as shown in FIG. 10E . The menu bar 1021 may include a scroll expansion control 1021A. Among them, the scroll unfolding control 1021A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 441 corresponding to the chat application icon 404 in the display area 405, and display the desktop 401 in the display area of the part of the scroll screen unfolded, specifically , the electronic device 100 expands the scroll screen to display the chat page 441 and the description of the desktop 401, you can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5B-FIG. .
其中,菜单栏1021还可以包括卷轴展开控件1021B。卷轴展开控件1021B可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示桌面401,在卷轴屏展开的部分屏幕的显示区域内显示聊天应用图标404对应的聊天页面441,具体的,电子设备100展开卷轴屏,显示聊天页面441和视频播放页面421的详细描述可以参见图10B-图10D所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Wherein, the menu bar 1021 may also include a scroll scroll control 1021B. The scroll unfolding control 1021B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the desktop 401 in the display area 405, and display the chat page 441 corresponding to the chat application icon 404 in the display area of the partially unfolded screen of the scroll screen. The device 100 unfolds the scrolling screen to display the chatting page 441 and the video playing page 421. For a detailed description, refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 10B-FIG. 10D , which will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,上述介绍了多种展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的不同显示区域显示第一图标对应的第二页面的场景。不限于上述输入方式,电子设备100也可以接收其他的用户输入,展开卷轴屏,以及确定出第二页面的显示区域,本申请对此不作限定。可选的,电子设备100可以提供设置用户的输入和打开卷轴屏以及确定第二页面的显示区域的对应关系的功能。这样,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,灵活设置打开卷轴屏的输入方式,以及第二页面的显示区域。还需要说明的是,电子设备100接收到用户针对第一图标的输入,展开卷轴屏的描述可以参见上述第一窗口的相关描述,同理,电子设备100在完全展开状态下接收到用户针对第一图标的输入,显示第一图标对应的第三页面,电子设备100收回卷轴屏等 的描述都可以参见上述第一窗口的相关描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the above described a variety of scenarios in which the scrolling screen is unfolded and the second page corresponding to the first icon is displayed in different display areas of the unfolded scrolling screen. Not limited to the above-mentioned input methods, the electronic device 100 may also receive other user inputs, unfold the scrolling screen, and determine the display area of the second page, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a user's input, opening a scrolling screen, and determining a corresponding relationship between the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can receive the user's input, and flexibly set the input mode of opening the scroll screen and the display area of the second page. It should also be noted that the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first icon, and the description of expanding the scrolling screen can refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned first window. Input an icon, display the third page corresponding to the first icon, and the electronic device 100 retracts the scroll screen, etc. For the description of the above-mentioned first window, please refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned first window, and will not repeat them here.
在一些应用场景中,电子设备100的卷轴屏处于未展开状态,该卷轴屏包括第一区域,第一区域中显示有第一页面和第一链接。电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对卷轴屏的第一链接的输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以在展开卷轴屏的过程中,显示第一区域的页面,用户可以不受影响地浏览第一区域的页面。需要说明的是,第一页面包括第一链接。In some application scenarios, the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is in an unexpanded state, and the scrolling screen includes a first area in which a first page and a first link are displayed. The electronic device 100 may switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state after receiving the user's input of the first link on the scrolling screen, and the electronic device may display the first page in the first area and display the link in the second area. second page. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, the electronic device 100 can display the pages in the first area during the process of unfolding the scrolling screen, and the user can browse the pages in the first area without being affected. It should be noted that the first page includes the first link.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第一方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一页面的第一链接的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第一方向可以为卷轴展开的方向。电子设备100可以在展开后的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,在卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第二页面。电子设备100可以在接收到用户向第二方向拖动未展开状态的卷轴屏的第一页面的第一链接的输入后,展开卷轴屏。其中,第二方向可以为卷轴收回的方向。电子设备100可以在展开后的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第二页面,在卷轴屏的第二区域或第三区域显示第一页面。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving an input that the user drags the first link of the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state to the first direction. Wherein, the first direction may be the direction in which the reel is unfolded. The electronic device 100 may display the first page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, and display the second page in the second area or the third area of the scroll screen. The electronic device 100 may unfold the scrolling screen after receiving the user's input of dragging the first link on the first page of the scrolling screen in the unexpanded state to the second direction. Wherein, the second direction may be a direction in which the reel is retracted. The electronic device 100 may display the second page in the first area of the unfolded scroll screen, and display the first page in the second area or the third area of the scroll screen.
示例性的,电子设备100显示有如图4A所示的桌面401。当电子设备100接收到用户针对聊天应用图标404的输入(例如,单击)后,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以显示如图11A所示的联系人页面1101。联系人页面1101可以包括有联系人显示区域1102。联系人显示区域1102可以显示多个联系人图标(例如,联系人图标1102A),联系人图标可用于触发显示该联系人图标对应的聊天页面。可选的,联系人页面还可以包括搜索栏等图标。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 displays a desktop 401 as shown in FIG. 4A . After the electronic device 100 receives the user's input (for example, click) on the chat application icon 404, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 may display the contact page 1101 as shown in FIG. 11A. The contact page 1101 may include a contact display area 1102 . The contact display area 1102 can display a plurality of contact icons (for example, a contact icon 1102A), and the contact icon can be used to trigger the display of the chat page corresponding to the contact icon. Optionally, the contact page may also include icons such as a search bar.
电子设备100可以响应于用户针对联系人图标1102A的输入(例如单击),显示如图11B所示的聊天页面1111。聊天页面1111中可以包括聊天框,聊天框可以用于显示用户或联系人发送的消息,该消息可以包括但不限于文字类消息、链接类消息、图片类消息、动画类消息、语音类消息等等。在此,聊天框1112中显示有的消息包括有链接1113。链接1113可以用于显示触发电子设备100显示对应的页面。The electronic device 100 may display a chat page 1111 as shown in FIG. 11B in response to a user's input (eg, click) on the contact icon 1102A. The chat page 1111 can include a chat box, which can be used to display messages sent by users or contacts, and the messages can include but not limited to text messages, link messages, picture messages, animation messages, voice messages, etc. wait. Here, the message displayed in the chat box 1112 includes a link 1113 . The link 1113 may be used to display and trigger the electronic device 100 to display the corresponding page.
电子设备100可以接收用户向卷轴屏展开方向拖动链接1113的输入,响应于该输入,展开卷轴屏,并在显示区域405中显示聊天页面1111,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示链接1113对应的页面。电子设备100可以接收用户向卷轴屏收回方向拖动链接1113的输入,响应于该输入,展开卷轴屏,并在显示区域405中显示链接1113对应的页面,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示聊天页面1111。The electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of dragging the link 1113 to the unfolding direction of the scrolling screen, and in response to the input, unfold the scrolling screen, display a chat page 1111 in the display area 405, and display the link 1113 on a part of the scrolling screen that is subsequently expanded. corresponding page. The electronic device 100 may receive the user's input that the user drags the link 1113 in the retracting direction of the scrolling screen, and in response to the input, unfold the scrolling screen, and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405, and display it on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the scrolling screen. Chat page 1111.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以响应于用户针对第一链接的输入(例如,长按,拖动等),显示一块或两块或多块展开热区。当电子设备100检测到第一链接被拖动到展开热区附近时,响应于该操作,电子设备100可以将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,不仅可以支持更多的操作手势展开卷轴屏,还可以避免因误触展开卷轴屏的场景。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may display one or two or more expanded hotspots in response to the user's input (for example, long press, drag, etc.) on the first link. When the electronic device 100 detects that the first link is dragged near the expansion hot area, in response to this operation, the electronic device 100 can switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the first link in the first area. One page, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, not only can more operation gestures be supported to unfold the scrolling screen, but also avoid the scene of unfolding the scrolling screen by mistaken touch.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以响应于用户针对第一链接的输入后,显示卷轴展开控件。当电子设备100检测到用户针对卷轴展开控件的输入(例如单击)时,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以将卷轴屏从第一切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,可以便于用户通过卷轴展开控件,更加方便地展开卷轴屏。 In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may display the scroll expansion control in response to the user's input on the first link. When the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (such as clicking) on the scroll expansion control, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the second state in the first area. One page, and display the second page in the second area. Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to expand the scroll screen more conveniently by using the scroll scroll to expand the control.
例如,电子设备100可以在接收到用于针对图11B所示的链接1113的输入(例如,长按)后,响应于该输入,显示如图11C所示的功能控件窗口1121。功能控件窗口1121可以包括有一个或多个功能控件。例如,卷轴展开控件1121A,卷轴展开控件1121B。其中,卷轴展开控件1121A可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示链接1113对应的页面,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示聊天页面1111。其中,卷轴展开控件1121B可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示聊天页面1111,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示链接1113对应的页面。For example, after receiving an input (for example, a long press) for the link 1113 shown in FIG. 11B , the electronic device 100 may display a function control window 1121 as shown in FIG. 11C in response to the input. The function control window 1121 may include one or more function controls. For example, scroll expansion control 1121A, scroll expansion control 1121B. Among them, the scroll unfolding control 1121A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405 , and display the chat page 1111 on the part of the scroll screen expanded subsequently. Among them, the scroll unfolding control 1121B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 , and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the scroll screen.
可选的,功能控件窗口1121还可以包括直接打开控件1121C,直接打开控件1121C可以用于触发电子设备100在显示区域405中显示聊天页面1111。Optionally, the function control window 1121 may also include a direct opening control 1121C, which may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 .
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100在显示卷轴展开控件的同时,显示该卷轴展开控件的功能提示信息。该功能提示信息可以用于提示用户电子设备100该卷轴展开控件的作用。这样,可以便于用户展开卷轴屏,以及确定第二页面的显示区域。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 displays the function prompt information of the scroll expansion control while displaying the scroll expansion control. The function prompt information may be used to prompt the user electronic device 100 of the function of the scroll unfolding control. In this way, it is convenient for the user to unfold the scrolling screen and determine the display area of the second page.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用于针对图11B所示的链接1113的输入(例如,单击)后,响应于该输入,显示如图11D所示的提示窗口1131。提示窗口1131可以包括有一个或多个功能控件。例如,卷轴展开控件1131A,卷轴展开控件1131B。其中,卷轴展开控件1131A可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示链接1113对应的页面,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示聊天页面1111。卷轴展开控件1131A包括功能提示信息,该功能提示信息可以用于指示卷轴展开控件1131A的功能,例如,该功能提示信息可以为文字类提示信息:“左侧展开显示”。Exemplarily, after receiving an input (for example, click) for the link 1113 shown in FIG. 11B , the electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 1131 as shown in FIG. 11D in response to the input. The prompt window 1131 may include one or more functional controls. For example, scroll expansion control 1131A, scroll expansion control 1131B. Among them, the scroll unfolding control 1131A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405 , and display the chat page 1111 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded from the scroll screen. The scroll unfolding control 1131A includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1131A, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "left side unfolding display".
其中,卷轴展开控件1131B可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示聊天页面1111,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示链接1113对应的页面。卷轴展开控件1131B包括功能提示信息,该功能提示信息可以用于指示卷轴展开控件1131B的功能,例如,该功能提示信息可以为文字类提示信息:“右侧展开显示”。Among them, the scroll unfolding control 1131B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 , and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded from the scroll screen. The scroll unfolding control 1131B includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1131B, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "Show on the right side".
可选的,提示窗口1131可以包括直接打开控件1131C,直接打开控件1131C可以用于触发电子设备100在显示区域405中显示聊天页面1111。直接打开控件1131C包括功能提示信息,该功能提示信息可以用于指示直接打开控件1131C的功能,例如,该功能提示信息可以为文字类提示信息:“当前页面显示”。Optionally, the prompt window 1131 may include a direct opening control 1131C, and the direct opening control 1131C may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 . The direct opening control 1131C includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the direct opening control 1131C, for example, the function prompt information may be text type prompt information: "current page display".
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一页面的输入后,响应于该输入,显示文字提取区域,文字提取区域可以用于显示第一页面中的文字内容。当电子设备100接收到用户针对文字提取区域的文字内容的输入后,可以选中对应的文字内容,并针对选中的文字内容执行操作(例如,复制,搜索,朗读,翻译等等)。当电子设备100接收到用户针对选中的文字内容的输入后,将卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态,电子设备可以在第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示第二页面。或者,在第一区域显示第二页面,并在第二区域显示第一页面。其中,当选中的文字内容为链接时,第二页面为链接对应的页面,当选中的文字内容为文本时,第二页面为搜索页面,该搜索页面用于显示针对选中的文字内容的搜索结果。In some embodiments, after receiving the user's input on the first page, the electronic device 100 may display a text extraction area in response to the input, and the text extraction area may be used to display text content in the first page. When the electronic device 100 receives the user's input of the text content in the text extraction area, it can select the corresponding text content, and perform operations (for example, copy, search, read aloud, translate, etc.) on the selected text content. When the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the selected text content, the scroll screen is switched from the first state to the second state, and the electronic device can display the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area . Alternatively, display the second page in the first area, and display the first page in the second area. Wherein, when the selected text content is a link, the second page is the page corresponding to the link; when the selected text content is text, the second page is a search page, and the search page is used to display search results for the selected text content .
例如,电子设备100显示有如图11B所示的聊天页面1111时,电子设备100可以接收到用户针对聊天页面1111的输入(例如,双指长按),显示如图11E所示的文字提取区域1141。文字提取区域1141中可以包括一个或多个文字块,每一个文字块用于显示一个或一串文字内容。例如,文字块1142显示有链接。电子设备100可以接收用户向卷轴屏展开方向拖动文字块1142的输入,响应于该输入,展开卷轴屏,并在显示区域405中显示聊天页面1111,在卷 轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示文字块1142中的链接对应的页面(例如,该页面可以为视频播放页面421)。电子设备100可以接收用户向卷轴屏收回方向拖动链接1113的输入,响应于该输入,展开卷轴屏,并在显示区域405中显示文字块1142中的链接对应的页面,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示聊天页面1111。For example, when the electronic device 100 displays a chat page 1111 as shown in FIG. 11B , the electronic device 100 may receive an input from the user on the chat page 1111 (for example, press and hold with two fingers), and display a text extraction area 1141 as shown in FIG. 11E . The text extraction area 1141 may include one or more text blocks, and each text block is used to display one or a string of text content. For example, text block 1142 displays a link. The electronic device 100 may receive an input that the user drags the text block 1142 in the scroll screen unfolding direction. The page corresponding to the link in the text block 1142 is displayed on a part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the axis screen (for example, the page may be the video playing page 421). The electronic device 100 may receive the user's input that the user drags the link 1113 in the retracting direction of the scrolling screen. In response to the input, the scrolling screen is unfolded, and the page corresponding to the link in the text block 1142 is displayed in the display area 405 . A chat page 1111 is displayed on the partial screen.
需要说明的是,第一链接的显示样式可以有多种显示形式。例如,可以为IP地址的形式(例如,图11B所示的链接1113),或者,可以为链接指示的页面的全部或部分内容(例如,图11F所示的链接1151)等等,本申请对此不作限定。It should be noted that the display style of the first link may have multiple display forms. For example, it may be in the form of an IP address (for example, the link 1113 shown in Figure 11B), or it may be all or part of the content of the page indicated by the link (for example, the link 1151 shown in Figure 11F), etc. This is not limited.
需要说明的是,上述介绍了多种展开卷轴屏,并在展开的卷轴屏的不同显示区域显示第一链接对应的第二页面的场景。不限于上述输入方式,电子设备100也可以接收其他的用户输入,展开卷轴屏,以及确定出第二页面的显示区域,本申请对此不作限定。可选的,电子设备100可以提供设置用户的输入和打开卷轴屏以及确定第二页面的显示区域的对应关系的功能。这样,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,灵活设置打开卷轴屏的输入方式,以及第二页面的显示区域。还需要说明的是,电子设备100接收到用户针对第一链接的输入,展开卷轴屏的描述可以参见上述第一窗口的相关描述,同理,电子设备100在完全展开状态下接收到用户针对第一链接的输入,显示第一链接对应的第三页面,电子设备100收回卷轴屏等的描述都可以参见上述第一窗口的相关描述,在此不再赘述。It should be noted that the above described a variety of scenarios where the scrolling screen is unfolded and the second page corresponding to the first link is displayed in different display areas of the unfolded scrolling screen. Not limited to the above-mentioned input methods, the electronic device 100 may also receive other user inputs, unfold the scrolling screen, and determine the display area of the second page, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a user's input, opening a scrolling screen, and determining a corresponding relationship between the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can receive the user's input, and flexibly set the input mode of opening the scroll screen and the display area of the second page. It should also be noted that the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first link, and the description of expanding the scrolling screen can refer to the relevant description of the above-mentioned first window. For descriptions of inputting a link, displaying the third page corresponding to the first link, and retracting the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100, please refer to the related description of the above-mentioned first window, which will not be repeated here.
还需要说明的是,只要电子设备的卷轴屏处于第一状态时,只显示有1个页面。该电子设备的卷轴屏从第一状态切换至第二状态后,电子设备显示有2个页面,并且第二状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域的尺寸大于第一状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域的尺寸。电子设备的第一状态的卷轴屏在卷轴展开方向上的长度可以为可见显示区域的最小长度到最大长度之间的任意长度(包括最小长度)。It should also be noted that as long as the scrolling screen of the electronic device is in the first state, only one page is displayed. After the scrolling screen of the electronic device is switched from the first state to the second state, the electronic device displays two pages, and the size of the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the second state is larger than that of the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the first state size. The length of the scroll screen in the first state of the electronic device in the scroll unfolding direction may be any length (including the minimum length) between the minimum length and the maximum length of the visible display area.
例如,卷轴屏处于第一状态时,卷轴屏的长度可以和图4E所述的卷轴屏的长度相同,且卷轴屏的可见显示区域只包括第一区域,该第一区域显示有第一页面(例如,图4E所示的视频播放页面421)和第一内容(例如,图4E所示的窗口431)。当卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的长度可以和图4F、图4G和图4H中任一卷轴屏的长度相同。该第二状态的卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域,该第一区域显示有第一页面(例如,图4E所示的视频播放页面421)并且该第二区域显示有第二页面(例如,图4F所示的聊天页面441、图4G所示的聊天页面441或图4H所示的聊天页面441),或者,该第一区域显示有第二页面(例如,图5B所示的聊天页面441)并且该第二区域显示有第一页面(例如,图5B所示的视频播放页面421、图5C所示的视频播放页面421或图5D所示的视频播放页面421)。For example, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the length of the scroll screen may be the same as the length of the scroll screen described in FIG. For example, the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 4E ) and the first content (for example, the window 431 shown in FIG. 4E ). When the scroll screen is in the second state, the length of the scroll screen may be the same as that of any one of the scroll screens in FIG. 4F , FIG. 4G and FIG. 4H . The visible display area of the scroll screen in the second state includes a first area and a second area, the first area displays a first page (for example, the video play page 421 shown in FIG. 4E ) and the second area displays a second page. Two pages (for example, the chat page 441 shown in Figure 4F, the chat page 441 shown in Figure 4G or the chat page 441 shown in Figure 4H), or, the first area displays a second page (for example, the chat page 441 shown in Figure 5B The chatting page 441 shown) and the second area displays the first page (for example, the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 5B , the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 5C or the video playing page 421 shown in FIG. 5D ).
再例如,卷轴屏处于第一状态时,卷轴屏的长度可以和图4F所示的卷轴屏的长度相同,且卷轴屏的可见显示区域只包括第一区域,该第一区域显示有第一页面和第一内容。卷轴屏处于第二状态时,卷轴屏的长度可以和图4G所示的卷轴屏的长度相同,且卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域和第二区域,该第一区域显示有第一页面并且该第二区域显示有第二页面,或者,该第一区域显示有第二页面并且该第二区域显示有第一页面。For another example, when the scrolling screen is in the first state, the length of the scrolling screen may be the same as the length of the scrolling screen shown in FIG. and first content. When the scroll screen is in the second state, the length of the scroll screen may be the same as the length of the scroll screen shown in FIG. 4G , and the visible display area of the scroll screen includes a first area and a second area, and the first area displays the first page And the second area displays the second page, or, the first area displays the second page and the second area displays the first page.
本申请实施例中,电子设备100的显示屏为折叠屏。电子设备上折叠屏的折叠方式可以分为两类。一类为朝外翻折的折叠屏(简称外折折叠屏),另一类为朝内翻折的折叠屏(简称内折折叠屏)。其中,以折叠屏可折叠(例如,折叠屏可沿折叠边或折叠轴折叠)形成第一显示屏和第二显示屏为例。外折折叠屏被折叠后,第一显示屏和第二显示屏相背对。内折折叠屏被折叠后,第一显示屏和第二显示屏相对。在本申请下述实施例中,第一显示屏可以被称 为A屏、第二显示屏可以被称为B屏。因此,折叠屏的形态可以被划分为折叠态和展开态,当折叠屏处于折叠态时,折叠屏可以被折叠成A屏和B屏。当折叠屏处于展开态时,折叠屏为一块完整的屏幕,包括A屏和B屏。需要说明的是,A屏和B屏为折叠屏的两个显示区域,或者,为两个独立的显示屏。In the embodiment of the present application, the display screen of the electronic device 100 is a folding screen. The folding methods of the folding screen on the electronic device can be divided into two categories. One type is a folding screen that is folded outward (abbreviated as an outward folding screen), and the other is a folding screen that is folded inward (abbreviated as an inward folding screen). Wherein, it is taken as an example that the folding screen can be folded (for example, the folding screen can be folded along a folding edge or a folding axis) to form a first display screen and a second display screen. After the outwardly folding folding screen is folded, the first display screen and the second display screen are opposite to each other. After the inward folding screen is folded, the first display screen is opposite to the second display screen. In the following embodiments of this application, the first display screen can be called A screen, the second display screen may be referred to as a B screen. Therefore, the form of the folding screen can be divided into a folded state and an unfolded state. When the foldable screen is in the folded state, the foldable screen can be folded into an A screen and a B screen. When the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the folding screen is a complete screen, including A screen and B screen. It should be noted that screen A and screen B are two display areas of the folding screen, or are two independent display screens.
例如,请参考图12A-图12D,其示出本申请实施例提供的一种具有内折折叠屏的电子设备100的产品形态示意图。其中,图12D是内折折叠屏完全展开是的形态示意图。该内折折叠屏可沿折叠边,将A屏和B屏互相朝着对方所在的方向进行翻折,可形成图12C所示半折叠形态的A屏和B屏。该外折折叠屏可沿折叠边继续翻折,可形成图12A或图12B所示的完全折叠形态的外翻折叠屏。如图12A或图12B所示,电子设备100的折叠屏被完全折叠后,A屏和B屏相对,对用户不可见。For example, please refer to FIG. 12A-FIG. 12D , which show a schematic diagram of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an inwardly folded screen provided by an embodiment of the present application. Among them, FIG. 12D is a schematic diagram of the fully unfolded shape of the inwardly folded screen. The inwardly folded screen can be folded along the folded edge, and the A screen and the B screen can be folded toward each other to form the A screen and the B screen in a half-folded form as shown in FIG. 12C . The outward-folding folding screen can be folded continuously along the folding edge to form a completely folded-outward folding screen as shown in FIG. 12A or FIG. 12B . As shown in FIG. 12A or FIG. 12B , after the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is completely folded, screen A and screen B face each other and are invisible to the user.
需要说明的是,本申请实施例提供的具有内折折叠屏的电子设备100还包括一块显示屏,可称为C屏。C屏处于内折折叠屏的背面。当折叠屏处于展开态时,折叠屏可以用于显示应用的界面,此时,C屏处于折叠屏的背面。当折叠屏处于折叠态时,折叠屏被折叠,无法被用户使用,C屏可以用于显示应用的界面。还需要说明的是,C屏可以处于A屏的背面,也可以处于B屏的背面,本申请对此不作限定。接下来,本申请实施例以C屏处于A屏的背面进行撰写。可以理解的是,在其他应用场景中,若C屏处于B屏的背面,可以替换以下实施例中的A屏和B屏的描述。It should be noted that the electronic device 100 with an inward-folding screen provided in the embodiment of the present application further includes a display screen, which may be called a C-screen. The C screen is on the back of the inward-folding screen. When the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the folding screen can be used to display the interface of the application. At this time, the C screen is on the back of the folding screen. When the folding screen is in the folded state, the folding screen is folded and cannot be used by the user, and the C screen can be used to display the interface of the application. It should also be noted that the C screen may be located at the back of the A screen or the B screen, which is not limited in this application. Next, in this embodiment of the application, writing is performed with screen C on the back of screen A. It can be understood that, in other application scenarios, if the C screen is on the back of the B screen, the descriptions of the A screen and the B screen in the following embodiments can be replaced.
又例如,请参考图13A-图13C,其示出了本申请实施例提供的一种具有外折折叠屏的电子设备100的产品形态示意图。其中,图13C是外折折叠屏完全展开的形态示意图。该外折折叠屏可沿折叠边,将A屏和B屏互相背对对方所在的方向进行翻折,可形成图13B所示半折叠形态的A屏和B屏。该外折折叠屏可沿折叠边继续翻折,可形成图13A所示的折叠状态的外翻折叠屏。如图13A所示,电子设备100的折叠屏完全被折叠后,A屏和B屏相背对,对用户可见。For another example, please refer to FIG. 13A-FIG. 13C , which show a schematic view of a product form of an electronic device 100 with an outwardly folding screen provided by an embodiment of the present application. Wherein, FIG. 13C is a schematic diagram of a fully unfolded outward folding screen. The outward-folding folding screen can be folded along the folding edge in the direction where the A screen and the B screen are facing away from each other, and the A screen and the B screen in a half-folded form as shown in FIG. 13B can be formed. The outward-folding folding screen can be folded continuously along the folding edge to form the outward-turning folding screen in the folded state shown in FIG. 13A . As shown in FIG. 13A , after the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is completely folded, the A screen and the B screen face each other and are visible to the user.
可以理解,对于具有外折折叠屏的电子设备而言,当折叠屏处于完全折叠形态或半折叠形态时,电子设备100可以在A屏或B屏显示界面内容。当折叠屏处于展开态时,电子设备100可以在A屏和B屏上显示界面内容。接下来,本申请实施例以折叠态下电子设备100在A屏显示界面内容进行撰写。可以理解的是,在其他应用场景中,若折叠态下电子设备100在B屏显示界面内容,可以替换以下实施例中的A屏和B屏的描述。It can be understood that, for an electronic device with an outwardly folding screen, when the folding screen is in a fully folded state or a half folded state, the electronic device 100 may display interface content on screen A or screen B. When the folding screen is in the unfolded state, the electronic device 100 can display interface content on the A screen and the B screen. Next, in the embodiment of the present application, the electronic device 100 in the folded state displays interface content on the screen A to compose. It can be understood that, in other application scenarios, if the electronic device 100 displays interface content on screen B in the folded state, the descriptions of screen A and screen B in the following embodiments may be replaced.
需要说明的是,本申请对A屏和B屏在展开态的折叠屏中的位置不做限定。例如,A屏可以为折叠屏的左半区域,B屏为折叠屏的右半区域。再例如,A屏可以为折叠屏的右半区域,B屏为折叠屏的左半区域。再例如,A屏可以为折叠屏的上半区域,B屏为折叠屏的下半区域。再例如,A屏可以为折叠屏的下半区域,B屏为折叠屏的上半区域。It should be noted that the present application does not limit the positions of the A screen and the B screen in the folded screen in the expanded state. For example, screen A may be the left half area of the folding screen, and screen B may be the right half area of the folding screen. For another example, screen A may be the right half area of the folding screen, and screen B may be the left half area of the folding screen. For another example, screen A may be the upper half of the folding screen, and screen B may be the lower half of the folding screen. For another example, screen A may be the lower half of the folding screen, and screen B may be the upper half of the folding screen.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100包括折叠屏,该折叠屏可以折叠为第一屏和第二屏。电子设备100的折叠屏处于第一状态,在第一屏中显示有第一页面和第一内容。当电子设备100接收到用户针对电子设备100第一内容的输入后,可以在折叠屏处于第二状态时,在第一屏显示第一页面,并在第二屏显示第一内容对应的第二页面。或者,在第一屏显示第二页面,并在第二屏显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以基于用户的输入,确定出第一页面和第二页面在展开态的折叠屏上的显示区域,用户可以确定出展开态的折叠屏上第一页面和第二页面的布局。其中,第一内容的描述可以参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。需要说明的是,当第一内容为第一图标或第一链接时,第一页面包括第一内容。当第一内容为第一窗口时,第一页面不包括第一内容。其中,第一状态可以为折叠态,第二状态可以为展开态 或半展开态。第一屏为A屏,第二屏为B屏。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 includes a folding screen, and the folding screen can be folded into a first screen and a second screen. The folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a first state, and a first page and a first content are displayed on the first screen. When the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the first content of the electronic device 100, when the folding screen is in the second state, it can display the first page on the first screen and display the second page corresponding to the first content on the second screen. page. Alternatively, display the second page on the first screen, and display the first page on the second screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can determine the display areas of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the expanded state based on the user's input, and the user can determine the layout of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the unfolded state . For the description of the first content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here. It should be noted that, when the first content is the first icon or the first link, the first page includes the first content. When the first content is the first window, the first page does not include the first content. Wherein, the first state may be a folded state, and the second state may be an unfolded state or half-open state. The first screen is A screen, and the second screen is B screen.
可选的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一内容的输入后,显示提示信息。该提示信息可以用于提示用户展开折叠屏。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may display prompt information after receiving the user's input on the first content. The prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen.
接下来以第一窗口为例,结合下列界面图介绍本申请实施例提供的显示方法应用在折叠屏设备上的场景。Next, taking the first window as an example, a scenario in which the display method provided by the embodiment of the present application is applied to a folding screen device is introduced with reference to the following interface diagram.
在一些应用场景中,电子设备100包括内折折叠屏。当电子设备100的折叠屏处于折叠态并且显示有第一页面和第一窗口时,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向折叠边拖动第一窗口的输入后,在展开态的折叠屏的A屏显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,在展开态的折叠屏的B屏显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以在还未展开折叠屏时,确定出折叠屏的A屏和B屏的显示内容。In some application scenarios, the electronic device 100 includes an inward-folding folding screen. When the foldable screen of the electronic device 100 is in the folded state and displays the first page and the first window, the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window The second page corresponding to the first window is displayed on the screen, and the first page is displayed on screen B of the folding screen in the unfolded state. In this way, the electronic device 100 can determine the display content of screen A and screen B of the folding screen before unfolding the folding screen.
示例性的,如图12A所示,电子设备100的内折折叠屏处于折叠态,电子设备100的C屏上显示有桌面1201,其中,桌面1201的描述可以参见图4A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。电子设备100的桌面1201上显示有窗口1202,该窗口1202可以用于提示用户电子设备100接收到一条消息。窗口1202还可以用于触发电子设备100显示聊天页面。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 12A , the inward-folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a folded state, and a desktop 1201 is displayed on the screen C of the electronic device 100 . The description of the desktop 1201 can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A . This will not be repeated here. A window 1202 is displayed on the desktop 1201 of the electronic device 100, and the window 1202 can be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 has received a message. The window 1202 can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a chat page.
电子设备100可以在接收到用户向折叠边拖动如图12A所示的窗口1202的输入后,响应于该输入,显示如图12B所示的提示窗口1211。如图12B所示,提示窗口1211可以包括提示信息,该提示信息可以用于提示用户展开折叠屏,电子设备100将在折叠屏上显示窗口1202对应的页面。其中,提示窗口1211显示的提示信息可以包括但不限于文字类提示信息、动画类提示信息等。例如,提示窗口1211可以显示有文字类提示信息:“即将在内屏打开‘聊天’应用,请手动切换至折叠屏内屏,查看跳转后的页面”。The electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 1211 as shown in FIG. 12B in response to the input of the user dragging the window 1202 shown in FIG. 12A to the folding edge after receiving the input. As shown in FIG. 12B , the prompt window 1211 may include prompt information, and the prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen, and the electronic device 100 will display the page corresponding to the window 1202 on the folding screen. Wherein, the prompt information displayed in the prompt window 1211 may include but not limited to text prompt information, animation prompt information, and the like. For example, the prompt window 1211 may display text-type prompt information: "The 'chat' application is about to be opened on the inner screen, please manually switch to the inner screen of the foldable screen to view the redirected page".
当电子设备100接收到用户打开折叠屏的输入后,可以随着用户的输入,逐步展开折叠屏,将折叠屏从折叠态变换至半折叠态,其中,半折叠态的电子设备100的形态可以参考图12C。如图12C所示,当折叠屏处于半折叠态时,电子设备100可以在C屏继续显示桌面1201。When the electronic device 100 receives the input from the user to open the folding screen, it can gradually unfold the folding screen according to the user's input, and transform the folding screen from the folded state to the half-folded state, wherein the shape of the electronic device 100 in the half-folded state can be Refer to Figure 12C. As shown in FIG. 12C , when the folding screen is in a half-folding state, the electronic device 100 may continue to display the desktop 1201 on the C screen.
可选的,当折叠屏处于半折叠态时,电子设备100可以取消在C屏显示桌面1201,并在折叠屏显示桌面1201和窗口1202对应的页面。Optionally, when the folding screen is in a half-folding state, the electronic device 100 may cancel displaying the desktop 1201 on the C screen, and display pages corresponding to the desktop 1201 and the window 1202 on the folding screen.
电子设备100的折叠屏从半折叠态变换至展开态后,可以显示如图12D所示的界面。其中,电子设备100可以的折叠屏包括A屏和B屏,电子设备100可以在A屏显示窗口1202对应的聊天页面1221,并在B屏显示桌面1201。其中,聊天页面1221的描述可以参见图4F所示实施例,桌面1201的描述可以参见图4A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。After the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is transformed from the half-folded state to the unfolded state, an interface as shown in FIG. 12D may be displayed. Wherein, the foldable screens of the electronic device 100 include a screen A and a screen B, and the electronic device 100 may display the chat page 1221 corresponding to the window 1202 on the A screen, and display the desktop 1201 on the B screen. Wherein, the description of the chat page 1221 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4F , and the description of the desktop 1201 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向折叠边的反方向拖动第一页面的第一窗口的输入后,在展开态的折叠屏的A屏显示第一页面,在展开态的折叠屏的B屏显示第一窗口对应的第二页面。例如,当电子设备100显示有图12A所示的窗口1202时,可以响应于用户向折叠边的反方向拖动第一窗口的输入,在展开后的折叠屏的B屏显示聊天页面1221,并在A屏显示桌面1201。It can be understood that the electronic device 100 may display the first page on screen A of the foldable screen in the unfolded state after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window of the first page in the opposite direction of the folded edge; Screen B of the folding screen displays the second page corresponding to the first window. For example, when the electronic device 100 displays the window 1202 shown in FIG. 12A , in response to the input of the user dragging the first window to the opposite direction of the folded edge, the chat page 1221 is displayed on screen B of the unfolded folded screen, and A desktop 1201 is displayed on screen A.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100包括折叠屏和第一屏,该折叠屏可以折叠为第二屏和第三屏。电子设备100的折叠屏处于第一状态,在第一屏中显示有第一页面和第一内容。当电子设备100接收到用户针对电子设备100第一内容的输入后,可以在折叠屏处于第二状态时,在第二屏显示第一页面,并在第三屏显示第一内容对应的第二页面。或者,在第二屏显示第二页面,并在第三屏显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以基于用户的输入, 确定出第一页面和第二页面在展开态的折叠屏上的显示区域,用户可以确定出展开态的折叠屏上第一页面和第二页面的布局。其中,第一内容的描述可以参见上述实施例,在此不再赘述。需要说明的是,当第一内容为第一图标或第一链接时,第一页面包括第一内容。当第一内容为第一窗口时,第一页面不包括第一内容。其中,第一状态可以为折叠态,第二状态可以为展开态或半展开态。第一屏为C屏,第二屏为A屏,第三屏为B屏。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 includes a folding screen and a first screen, and the folding screen can be folded into a second screen and a third screen. The folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a first state, and a first page and a first content are displayed on the first screen. When the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the first content of the electronic device 100, it can display the first page on the second screen when the folding screen is in the second state, and display the second page corresponding to the first content on the third screen. page. Alternatively, display the second page on the second screen and display the first page on the third screen. In this way, the electronic device 100 can, based on the user's input, After determining the display areas of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the unfolded state, the user can determine the layout of the first page and the second page on the foldable screen in the unfolded state. For the description of the first content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments, and details are not repeated here. It should be noted that, when the first content is the first icon or the first link, the first page includes the first content. When the first content is the first window, the first page does not include the first content. Wherein, the first state may be a folded state, and the second state may be an unfolded state or a half-expanded state. The first screen is C screen, the second screen is A screen, and the third screen is B screen.
可选的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对第一内容的输入后,显示提示信息。该提示信息可以用于提示用户展开折叠屏。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may display prompt information after receiving the user's input on the first content. The prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen.
在一些应用场景中,电子设备100包括外折折叠屏。当电子设备100的折叠屏处于折叠态并且显示有第一页面和第一窗口时,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向折叠边拖动第一窗口的输入后,在展开态的折叠屏的B屏显示第一窗口对应的第二页面,在展开态的折叠屏的A屏显示第一页面。这样,电子设备100可以在还未展开折叠屏时,确定出折叠屏的A屏和B屏的显示内容。In some application scenarios, the electronic device 100 includes an outward-folding folding screen. When the foldable screen of the electronic device 100 is in the folded state and displays the first page and the first window, the electronic device 100 may, after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window The second page corresponding to the first window is displayed on the screen, and the first page is displayed on screen A of the folding screen in the unfolded state. In this way, the electronic device 100 can determine the display content of screen A and screen B of the folding screen before unfolding the folding screen.
示例性的,如图13A所示,电子设备100的外折折叠屏处于折叠态,电子设备100的A屏上显示有桌面1301,其中,桌面1301的描述可以参见图4A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。电子设备100的桌面1301上显示有窗口1302,该窗口1302可以用于提示用户电子设备100接收到一条消息。窗口1302还可以用于触发电子设备100显示聊天页面。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 13A , the outward-folding screen of the electronic device 100 is in a folded state, and a desktop 1301 is displayed on the screen A of the electronic device 100 . The description of the desktop 1301 can refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A . This will not be repeated here. A window 1302 is displayed on the desktop 1301 of the electronic device 100, and the window 1302 can be used to prompt the user that the electronic device 100 has received a message. The window 1302 can also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a chat page.
电子设备100可以在接收到用户向折叠边拖动如图13A所示的窗口1302的输入后,响应于该输入,显示如图13B所示的提示窗口1311。如图13B所示,提示窗口1311可以包括提示信息,该提示信息可以用于提示用户展开折叠屏,电子设备100将在折叠屏上显示窗口1302对应的页面。其中,提示窗口1311显示的提示信息可以包括但不限于文字类提示信息、动画类提示信息等。例如,提示窗口1311可以显示有文字类提示信息:“即将在展开后的屏幕打开‘聊天’应用,请手动打开折叠屏,查看跳转后的页面”。The electronic device 100 may display a prompt window 1311 as shown in FIG. 13B in response to the input of the user dragging the window 1302 shown in FIG. 13A to the folded edge after receiving the input. As shown in FIG. 13B , the prompt window 1311 may include prompt information, and the prompt information may be used to prompt the user to unfold the folding screen, and the electronic device 100 will display the page corresponding to the window 1302 on the folding screen. Wherein, the prompt information displayed in the prompt window 1311 may include but not limited to text prompt information, animation prompt information, and the like. For example, the prompt window 1311 may display a text-type prompt message: "The 'chat' application will be opened on the unfolded screen, please manually open the folding screen to view the redirected page".
当电子设备100接收到用户打开折叠屏的输入后,可以随着用户的输入,逐步展开折叠屏,将折叠屏从折叠态变换至半折叠态,其中,半折叠态的电子设备100的形态可以参考图13C。如图13C所示,当折叠屏处于半折叠态时,电子设备100可以在A屏继续显示桌面1301。When the electronic device 100 receives the input from the user to open the folding screen, it can gradually unfold the folding screen according to the user's input, and transform the folding screen from the folded state to the half-folded state, wherein the shape of the electronic device 100 in the half-folded state can be Refer to Figure 13C. As shown in FIG. 13C , when the folding screen is in a half-folding state, the electronic device 100 may continue to display the desktop 1301 on screen A.
电子设备100的折叠屏从半折叠态变换至展开态后,可以显示如图13D所示的界面。其中,电子设备100可以的折叠屏包括A屏和B屏,电子设备100可以在B屏显示窗口1302对应的聊天页面1321,并在A屏显示桌面1301。其中,聊天页面1321的描述可以参见图4F所示实施例,桌面1301的描述可以参见图4A所示实施例,在此不再赘述。After the folding screen of the electronic device 100 is transformed from the half-folded state to the unfolded state, an interface as shown in FIG. 13D may be displayed. Wherein, the folding screen of the electronic device 100 includes a screen A and a screen B, and the electronic device 100 may display a chat page 1321 corresponding to the window 1302 on the B screen, and display a desktop 1301 on the A screen. Wherein, the description of the chat page 1321 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4F , and the description of the desktop 1301 may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4A , which will not be repeated here.
可以理解的是,电子设备100可以在接收到用户向折叠边的反方向拖动第一页面的第一窗口的输入后,在展开态的折叠屏的A屏显示第一页面,在展开态的折叠屏的B屏显示第一窗口对应的第二页面。例如,当电子设备100显示有图13A所示的窗口1302时,可以响应于用户向折叠边的反方向拖动第一窗口的输入,在展开后的折叠屏的A屏显示聊天页面1321,并在B屏显示桌面1301。It can be understood that the electronic device 100 may display the first page on screen A of the foldable screen in the unfolded state after receiving the user's input of dragging the first window of the first page in the opposite direction of the folded edge; Screen B of the folding screen displays the second page corresponding to the first window. For example, when the electronic device 100 displays the window 1302 shown in FIG. 13A , in response to the input that the user drags the first window to the opposite direction of the folding edge, the chat page 1321 is displayed on screen A of the unfolded folding screen, and A desktop 1301 is displayed on screen B.
需要说明的是,上述介绍了多种基于用户输入确定出第二页面在展开态的折叠屏中的显示区域的方法。不限于上述输入,电子设备100也可以接收其他的用户输入,例如,可以参见上述针对展开卷轴屏的实施例中提到的方式,确定出第二页面的显示区域,本申请对此不作限定。可选的,电子设备100可以提供设置用户的输入和第二页面的显示区域的对应关系的功能。这样,电子设备100可以接收用户的输入,灵活设置第二页面的显示区域。It should be noted that, the foregoing introduces a variety of methods for determining the display area of the second page in the unfolded folding screen based on user input. Not limited to the above input, the electronic device 100 may also receive other user input. For example, the display area of the second page may be determined by referring to the method mentioned above in the embodiment of rolling out the scroll screen, which is not limited in this application. Optionally, the electronic device 100 may provide a function of setting a corresponding relationship between the user's input and the display area of the second page. In this way, the electronic device 100 can flexibly set the display area of the second page by receiving the user's input.
还需要说明的是,电子设备100在完全展开状态下接收到用户针对第一内容的输入,显示第一内容对应的第三页面,电子设备100的折叠屏从展开态回到折叠态等的描述都可以参 见上述卷轴屏的实施例,在此不再赘述。It should also be noted that the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first content in the fully unfolded state, displays the third page corresponding to the first content, and the folding screen of the electronic device 100 returns from the unfolded state to the folded state, etc. can participate See the embodiment of the above-mentioned scroll screen, which will not be repeated here.
在一种可能的实现方式中,电子设备100显示有第一页面,该第一页面包括画中画播放控件和视频播放窗口。电子设备100可以接收到用户针对该画中画播放控件的输入,将该视频播放窗口变换为最小化窗口图标。其中,最小化窗口图标悬浮显示在第一页面上,该最小化窗口图标不包括视频播放窗口的显示内容。最小化窗口图标可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,并在展开后的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,并在第二区域显示播放小窗口的显示内容。或者,在第一区域显示播放小窗口的显示内容,并在第二区域显示第一页面。In a possible implementation manner, the electronic device 100 displays a first page, where the first page includes a picture-in-picture playback control and a video playback window. The electronic device 100 may receive the user's input on the picture-in-picture play control, and transform the video play window into a minimized window icon. Wherein, the minimized window icon is suspended and displayed on the first page, and the minimized window icon does not include the display content of the video playback window. The minimized window icon may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to expand the scrolling screen, display the first page in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and display the display content of the playing widget in the second area. Alternatively, the display content of the play widget is displayed in the first area, and the first page is displayed in the second area.
需要说明的是,电子设备100接收用户针对最小化窗口图标的输入,展开卷轴屏,并在展开后的卷轴屏显示第一页面和播放小窗口的显示内容的描述可以参见上述图10A-图10E所示实施例,在此不再赘述。也就是说,在一些实施例中,第一图标包括最小化窗口图标。It should be noted that the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for minimizing the window icon, expands the scroll screen, and displays the first page and the display content of the small playback window on the expanded scroll screen. For the description, please refer to the above-mentioned FIG. 10A-FIG. 10E The illustrated embodiment will not be repeated here. That is, in some embodiments, the first icon includes a minimized window icon.
示例性的,如图14A所示,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对图4B所示的显示区域405中视频选项412的输入(例如单击)后,响应于该输入,显示如图14A所示的视频播放页面1401。该视频播放页面1401可以包括但不限于视频播放窗口1402和画中画播放控件1403。其中,视频播放窗口1402可以用于显示视频画面。Exemplarily, as shown in FIG. 14A, after the electronic device 100 receives the user's input (for example, click) on the video option 412 in the display area 405 shown in FIG. 4B, in response to the input, display the The displayed video playback page 1401. The video playing page 1401 may include but not limited to a video playing window 1402 and a picture-in-picture playing control 1403 . Wherein, the video playing window 1402 may be used to display video images.
当电子设备100接收到用户针对画中画播放控件1403的输入后,响应于该输入,可以显示如图14B所示的最小化窗口图标1412。When the electronic device 100 receives the user's input on the picture-in-picture play control 1403, in response to the input, the minimized window icon 1412 as shown in FIG. 14B may be displayed.
如图14B所示,电子设备100显示有最小化窗口图标1412,该最小化窗口图标1412可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,并在卷轴屏的显示区域405中显示视频播放窗口1402中的视频画面,或者,在卷轴屏的除了显示区域405以外的显示区域显示视频播放窗口1402中的视频画面。在此,最小化窗口图标1412可以看作第一图标,即,电子设备100接收到用户针对最小化窗口图标1412的输入,执行的操作的描述,可以参见电子设备100接收到用户针对第一图标的输入,执行的操作,在此不再赘述。As shown in FIG. 14B , the electronic device 100 displays a minimized window icon 1412, which can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to expand the scrolling screen, and display the video playback window 1402 in the display area 405 of the scrolling screen. The video picture, or the video picture in the video play window 1402 is displayed in the display area of the scroll screen except the display area 405 . Here, the minimized window icon 1412 can be regarded as the first icon, that is, the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the minimized window icon 1412, and the description of the operation performed can refer to the electronic device 100 receives the user's input for the first icon The input and the operation performed will not be repeated here.
示例性的,电子设备100可以接收用户向卷轴打开方向拖动最小化窗口图标1412的输入,展开卷轴屏。当电子设备100的卷轴屏如图14C所示,在显示区域405中显示视频播放页面1401,在卷轴打开方向侧的另一个显示区域1425中显示播放页面1421,该播放页面1421包括有视频播放窗口的视频画面。需要说明的是,显示区域1425中可以显示有缩小后的视频播放窗口的视频画面,或者,可以显示有视频播放窗口的视频画面的一部分。还需要说明的是,图14C所示的卷轴屏处于半展开状态时,卷轴屏还可以继续展开,直到处于完全展开状态。当卷轴屏处于完全展开状态时,可以继续显示视频播放窗口的视频画面,该视频画面的尺寸大于播放页面1421中的视频画面的尺寸。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of dragging the minimized window icon 1412 in the opening direction of the scroll, and expand the scroll screen. When the scrolling screen of the electronic device 100 is shown in FIG. 14C, a video playing page 1401 is displayed in the display area 405, and a playing page 1421 is displayed in another display area 1425 on the side of the opening direction of the scroll, and the playing page 1421 includes a video playing window. video screen. It should be noted that, in the display area 1425, the video frame of the reduced video playback window may be displayed, or a part of the video frame of the video playback window may be displayed. It should also be noted that when the scrolling screen shown in FIG. 14C is in a half-deployed state, the scrolling screen can continue to unfold until it is in a fully unfolded state. When the scrolling screen is fully unfolded, the video frame of the video play window may continue to be displayed, and the size of the video frame is larger than the size of the video frame in the play page 1421 .
同理,电子设备100可以接收用户向卷轴收回方向拖动最小化窗口图标1412的输入,展开卷轴屏,在卷轴收回方向侧的显示区域405中显示视频播放窗口的显示内容,在显示区域1425中显示视频播放页面1401。Similarly, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's input of dragging the minimized window icon 1412 in the scroll retracting direction, expand the scroll screen, and display the display content of the video playback window in the display area 405 on the side of the scroll retracting direction, and in the display area 1425 A video playing page 1401 is displayed.
在一些实施例中,电子设备100可以响应于用户针对最小化窗口图标的输入后,显示卷轴展开控件。当电子设备100检测到用户针对卷轴展开控件的输入(例如单击)时,响应于该输入,电子设备100可以展开卷轴屏,并在第一区域显示第一页面,在第二区域显示视频播放窗口的显示内容。或者,在第一区域显示视频播放窗口的显示内容,在第二区域显示第一页面。这样,可以便于用户通过卷轴展开控件,更加方便地展开卷轴屏。In some embodiments, the electronic device 100 may display the scroll expansion control in response to the user's input on the minimized window icon. When the electronic device 100 detects the user's input (for example, click) on the scroll expansion control, in response to the input, the electronic device 100 can expand the scroll screen, display the first page in the first area, and display the video playback in the second area. The display content of the window. Alternatively, the display content of the video playback window is displayed in the first area, and the first page is displayed in the second area. In this way, it is convenient for the user to expand the scroll screen more conveniently by using the scroll scroll to expand the control.
示例性的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对图14B所示的最小化窗口图标1412的 输入(例如单击)后,响应于该输入,显示如图14D所示的提示窗口1431。提示窗口1431可以包括有一个或多个功能控件。例如,卷轴展开控件1431A,卷轴展开控件1431B。其中,卷轴展开控件1431A可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示链接1113对应的页面,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示聊天页面1111。卷轴展开控件1431A包括功能提示信息,该功能提示信息可以用于指示卷轴展开控件1431A的功能,例如,该功能提示信息可以为文字类提示信息:“左侧展开显示”。其中,卷轴展开控件1431B可以用于触发电子设备100展开卷轴屏,在显示区域405中显示聊天页面1111,在卷轴屏后续展开的部分屏幕上显示链接1113对应的页面。卷轴展开控件1431B包括功能提示信息,该功能提示信息可以用于指示卷轴展开控件1431B的功能,例如,该功能提示信息可以为文字类提示信息:“右侧展开显示”。Exemplarily, the electronic device 100 may receive the user's response to the minimized window icon 1412 shown in FIG. 14B After input (for example, click), in response to the input, a prompt window 1431 as shown in FIG. 14D is displayed. The prompt window 1431 may include one or more functional controls. For example, scroll expansion control 1431A, scroll expansion control 1431B. Among them, the scroll unfolding control 1431A can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the page corresponding to the link 1113 in the display area 405 , and display the chat page 1111 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded from the scroll screen. The scroll unfolding control 1431A includes function prompt information, and the function prompt information may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1431A, for example, the function prompt information may be a text type prompt information: "Display on the left". Wherein, the scroll unfolding control 1431B can be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to unfold the scroll screen, display the chat page 1111 in the display area 405 , and display the page corresponding to the link 1113 on the part of the screen that is subsequently expanded on the scroll screen. The scroll unfolding control 1431B includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the scroll unfold control 1431B, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "Show on the right side".
可选的,最小化窗口图标还可以用于触发电子设备100显示视频播放窗口。其中,播放小窗口悬浮显示在第一页面上,并且播放小窗口中的显示内容包括有视频播放窗口的显示内容。例如,提示窗口1431可以包括悬浮显示控件1431C,悬浮显示控件1431C可以用于触发电子设备100在显示区域405中显示播放小窗口,播放小窗口的显示内容和视频播放窗口1402的显示内容相同。悬浮显示控件1431C包括功能提示信息,该功能提示信息可以用于指示悬浮显示控件1431C的功能,例如,该功能提示信息可以为文字类提示信息:“悬浮窗口显示”。Optionally, the minimized window icon may also be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display the video playback window. Wherein, the small playing window is suspended and displayed on the first page, and the display content in the small playing window includes the display content of the video playing window. For example, the prompt window 1431 may include a floating display control 1431C, and the floating display control 1431C may be used to trigger the electronic device 100 to display a small playback window in the display area 405, and the display content of the small playback window is the same as that of the video playback window 1402. The floating display control 1431C includes function prompt information, which may be used to indicate the function of the floating display control 1431C, for example, the function prompt information may be text-type prompt information: "display in floating window".
可选的,电子设备100可以在接收到用户针对该画中画播放控件的输入(例如单击)后,将该视频播放窗口变换为播放小窗口。其中,播放小窗口悬浮显示在第一页面上,并且播放小窗口中的显示内容包括有视频播放窗口的显示内容。电子设备100可以接收到用户针对播放小窗口的输入,响应于该输入,展开卷轴屏,并在展开后的卷轴屏的第一区域显示第一页面,在第二区域显示播放小窗口的显示内容。或者,在第一区域显示播放小窗口的显示内容,在第二区域显示第一页面。具体的,电子设备100展开卷轴屏的描述可以参见上述第一窗口对应的实施例,在此不再赘述。Optionally, the electronic device 100 may transform the video playback window into a small playback window after receiving the user's input (for example, click) on the picture-in-picture playback control. Wherein, the small playing window is suspended and displayed on the first page, and the display content in the small playing window includes the display content of the video playing window. The electronic device 100 may receive the user's input on the playback widget, and in response to the input, expand the scrolling screen, display the first page in the first area of the expanded scrolling screen, and display the display content of the playback widget in the second area . Alternatively, the displayed content of the play widget is displayed in the first area, and the first page is displayed in the second area. Specifically, for the description of unfolding the scroll screen by the electronic device 100, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiment corresponding to the first window, which will not be repeated here.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。 As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, and are not intended to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, those of ordinary skill in the art should understand that: it can still understand the foregoing The technical solutions described in each embodiment are modified, or some of the technical features are replaced equivalently; and these modifications or replacements do not make the essence of the corresponding technical solutions depart from the scope of the technical solutions of the various embodiments of the application.

Claims (28)

  1. 一种显示方法,应用于包括卷轴屏的电子设备,其特征在于,所述卷轴屏处于第一状态时,所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域;所述卷轴屏处于第二状态时,所述卷轴屏的所述可见显示区域包括所述第一区域和第二区域,处于所述第二状态的所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于所述第一状态的所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域;所述方法包括:A display method, applied to an electronic device including a scroll screen, characterized in that, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state , the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area and a second area, and the visible display area of the scroll screen in the second state is larger than that of the scroll screen in the first state a visible display area; the method comprising:
    所述电子设备在所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,在所述第一区域中显示第一页面和第一窗口,所述第一页面为第一应用的界面,所述第一窗口为第二应用的窗口;When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page and a first window in the first area, the first page is an interface of a first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
    所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一窗口的第一输入后,将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态;Switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state after the electronic device receives the first input for the first window;
    当所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第二页面,所述第二页面为所述第一窗口对应的界面;或者,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面,所述第二页面为所述第二应用的界面。When the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area, and the second page is the the interface corresponding to the first window; or, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and displays the first page in the second area, and the second page is the second page App's interface.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein before the switching of the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备显示第一提示信息,所述第一提示信息用于提示用户是否将卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态。The electronic device displays first prompt information, and the first prompt information is used to prompt the user whether to switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述电子设备显示所述第一提示信息的同时,还显示有确定控件;将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,具体包括:The method according to claim 2, wherein when the electronic device displays the first prompt information, it also displays a determination control; switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state Two states, including:
    所述电子设备接收到针对所述确定控件的第二输入后,响应于所述第二输入,取消显示所述第一提示信息,并将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态。After the electronic device receives the second input for the determination control, in response to the second input, cancels the display of the first prompt information, and switches the scroll screen from the first state to the second state.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一应用和所述第二应用相同;或者,所述第一应用和所述第二应用不同。The method according to claims 1-3, wherein the first application is the same as the second application; or, the first application is different from the second application.
  5. 根据权利要求1-4中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二状态包括半展开状态或完全展开状态,其中,处于所述完全展开状态的所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于所述半展开状态的所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域,处于所述半展开状态的所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域大于处于所述第一状态的所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域。The method according to any one of claims 1-4, wherein the second state includes a half-expanded state or a fully-expanded state, wherein the visible display area of the scrolling screen in the fully-expanded state larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the half-unfolded state, the visible display area of the scroll screen in the half-unfolded state is larger than the visible display area of the scroll screen in the first state.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述电子设备处于所述半展开状态时;所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 5, wherein when the electronic device is in the semi-expanded state; the method further comprises:
    所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面,并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面的部分;或,the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and displays a portion of the first page in the second area; or,
    所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面,并在所述第二区域显示所述第二页面的部分;或,the electronic device displays the first page in the first area, and displays a portion of the second page in the second area; or,
    所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面,并在所述第二区域显示在卷轴屏展开方向上缩小的所述第一页面;或,The electronic device displays the second page in the first area, and displays the first page shrunk in the scrolling screen unfolding direction in the second area; or,
    所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面,并在所述第二区域显示在卷轴屏展开 方向上缩小的所述第二页面。The electronic device displays the first page in the first area, and displays the page expanded on the scrolling screen in the second area. Orientation to zoom out on the second page.
  7. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一输入为向所述第一方向或所述第二方向拖动所述第一内容的输入,所述第一方向为所述卷轴屏展开的方向,所述第二方向为所述卷轴屏收回的方向。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first input is an input of dragging the first content in the first direction or the second direction, and the first One direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is unfolded, and the second direction is a direction in which the scrolling screen is retracted.
  8. 根据权利要求5或6所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一区域始终显示在所述可见显示区域的所述第二方向侧;若所述第一输入为向所述第一方向拖动所述第一窗口的输入,当所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第二页面;或,The method according to claim 5 or 6, wherein the first area is always displayed on the side of the visible display area in the second direction; if the first input is dragging in the first direction When the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and the second page in the second area. page; or,
    若所述第一输入为向所述第二方向拖动所述第一窗口的输入,当所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面。If the first input is an input of dragging the first window to the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first window in the first area. two pages and display the first page in the second area.
  9. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一输入为针对所述第一窗口的拖动输入;所述电子设备收到针对所述第一窗口的第一输入,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first input is a drag input for the first window; the electronic device receives the first drag input for the first window - Input, specifically including:
    所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一窗口的拖动输入过程中,显示展开热区;When the electronic device receives the dragging input for the first window, it displays the expanded hot zone;
    所述电子设备检测到所述第一窗口拖动至所述展开热区中;The electronic device detects that the first window is dragged into the expansion hot zone;
    所述展开热区中显示所述展开热区的功能介绍信息。The function introduction information of the expanded hot area is displayed in the expanded hot area.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 9, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    在所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一窗口的拖动输入过程中,所述电子设备将所述第一窗口替换为指定图标。When the electronic device receives a drag input for the first window, the electronic device replaces the first window with a specified icon.
  11. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一窗口的第一输入之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein after the electronic device receives the first input for the first window, the method further comprises:
    响应于所述第一输入,所述电子设备显示第一卷轴展开控件和第二卷轴展开控件;In response to the first input, the electronic device displays a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control;
    将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,具体包括:Switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes:
    当所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一卷轴展开控件的第三输入后,响应于所述第三输入,将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面,在所述第二区域显示所述第二页面;After the electronic device receives a third input for the first scroll expansion control, in response to the third input, switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and When the scroll screen is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area, and the second page is displayed in the second area;
    或者,当所述电子设备接收到针对所述第二卷轴展开控件的第四输入后,响应于所述第四输入,将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面,在所述第二区域显示所述第三页面。Or, after the electronic device receives a fourth input for the second scroll expansion control, switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state in response to the fourth input, And when the scroll screen is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area, and the third page is displayed in the second area.
  12. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一窗口包括卷轴展开控件;所述第一输入为针对所述卷轴展开控件的输入。The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first window includes a scroll expansion control; and the first input is an input for the scroll expansion control.
  13. 根据权利要求1-6中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一窗口包括第一卷轴展开控件和第二卷轴展开控件;所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一窗口的第一输入后,将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,具体包括: The method according to any one of claims 1-6, wherein the first window includes a first scroll expansion control and a second scroll expansion control; the electronic device receives the After the first input, switching the scroll screen from the first state to the second state specifically includes:
    当所述电子设备接收到用户针对所述第一卷轴展开控件的第一输入后,响应于所述第一输入,将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面,在所述第二区域显示所述第二页面;After the electronic device receives a user's first input for the first scroll expansion control, in response to the first input, switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state, and When the scroll screen is in the second state, displaying the first page in the first area, and displaying the second page in the second area;
    或者,当所述电子设备接收到用户针对所述第二卷轴展开控件的第一输入后,响应于所述第一输入,将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面,在所述第二区域显示所述第三页面。Or, after the electronic device receives a user's first input for the second scroll expansion control, in response to the first input, switch the scroll screen from the first state to the second state , and when the scrolling screen is in the second state, displaying the second page in the first area, and displaying the third page in the second area.
  14. 根据权利要求1-13中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-13, wherein when the scrolling screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and The second area displays a second page corresponding to the first window, or, after the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area, The method also includes:
    所述电子设备接收到用户打开第三页面的第五输入后,响应于所述第五输入,所述电子设备在所述卷轴屏的所述可见显示区域上分屏显示所述第一页面、所述第二页面和所述第三页面。After the electronic device receives a fifth input from the user to open the third page, in response to the fifth input, the electronic device displays the first page in split screens on the visible display area of the scroll screen, the second page and the third page.
  15. 根据权利要求1-14中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-14, wherein when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and The second area displays a second page corresponding to the first window, or, after the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and the first page in the second area, The method also includes:
    所述电子设备接收到第六输入;the electronic device receives a sixth input;
    响应于所述第六输入,将所述卷轴屏从所述第二状态切换至所述第一状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,显示所述第一页面或所述第二页面。In response to the sixth input, switch the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, display the first page or the second page.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述卷轴屏处于第二状态时,所述电子设备通过分隔线将所述可见显示区域分割为所述第一区域和所述第二区域,所述第六输入为针对所述分隔线的输入。The method according to claim 15, wherein when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device divides the visible display area into the first area and the second area by a dividing line , the sixth input is an input for the separation line.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一区域始终显示在所述可见显示区域的所述第二方向侧;当所述电子设备处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一窗口对应的第二页面,若所述第六输入为向所述第一方向拖动所述分隔线的输入,当所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面;或,The method according to claim 16, wherein the first area is always displayed on the side of the visible display area in the second direction; when the electronic device is in the second state, in the The first area displays the first page and the second area displays a second page corresponding to the first window, if the sixth input is an input for dragging the dividing line in the first direction, When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area; or,
    当所述电子设备处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一窗口对应的第二页面,若所述第六输入为向所述第二方向拖动所述分隔线的输入,当所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面;或,When the electronic device is in the second state, the first page is displayed in the first area and the second page corresponding to the first window is displayed in the second area, if the sixth input For the input of dragging the separation line in the second direction, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
    当所述电子设备处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面,若所述第六输入为向所述第一方向拖动所述分隔线的输入,当所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面;或,When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the sixth input is to the first Dragging the dividing line in one direction, when the scrolling screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the second page in the first area; or,
    当所述电子设备处于所述第二状态时,在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面,若所述第六输入为向所述第二方向拖动所述分隔线的输入,当所述 卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面。When the electronic device is in the second state, the second page is displayed in the first area and the first page is displayed in the second area, if the sixth input is to the first Two-way dragging the divider input, when the When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area.
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,当所述卷轴屏处于第二状态时,所述电子设备还显示有卷轴收回控件,所述第六输入为针对所述卷轴收回控件的输入。The method according to claim 15, wherein when the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device further displays a scroll retraction control, and the sixth input is an input for the scroll retraction control.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的方法,其特征在于,所述卷轴收回控件包括第一卷轴收回子控件和第二卷轴收回子控件;所述将所述卷轴屏从所述第二状态切换至所述第一状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,显示所述第一页面或所述第二页面,具体包括:The method according to claim 18, wherein said reel retracting control comprises a first reel retracting sub-control and a second reel retracting sub-control; said switching said reel screen from said second state to said The first state, and when the scroll screen is in the first state, displaying the first page or the second page specifically includes:
    当所述第六输入为针对所述第一卷轴收回子控件的输入时,所述电子设备将所述卷轴屏从所述第二状态切换至所述第一状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,显示所述第一页面;或,When the sixth input is an input for the first scroll retract sub-control, the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in In the first state, displaying the first page; or,
    当所述第六输入为针对所述第二卷轴收回子控件的输入时,所述电子设备将所述卷轴屏从所述第二状态切换至所述第一状态,并在所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,显示所述第二页面。When the sixth input is an input for the second scroll retracting sub-control, the electronic device switches the scroll screen from the second state to the first state, and when the scroll screen is in In the first state, the second page is displayed.
  20. 根据权利要求1-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述电子设备在所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,在所述第一区域中显示第一页面和第一窗口,具体包括:The method according to any one of claims 1-19, wherein when the electronic device is in the first state on the scroll screen, displaying the first page and the second page in the first area One window, specifically including:
    所述电子设备接收第一通知消息;The electronic device receives a first notification message;
    所述电子设备显示所述第一窗口,所述第一窗口包括所述第一通知消息的部分内容。The electronic device displays the first window, where the first window includes part of the content of the first notification message.
  21. 根据权利要求1-19中任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一窗口显示有视频画面。The method according to any one of claims 1-19, wherein a video picture is displayed in the first window.
  22. 一种显示方法,应用于包括卷轴屏的电子设备,其特征在于,所述卷轴屏处于第一状态时,所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括第一区域;所述卷轴屏处于第二状态时,所述卷轴屏的可见显示区域包括所述第一区域和第二区域;所述方法包括:A display method, applied to an electronic device including a scroll screen, characterized in that, when the scroll screen is in the first state, the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area; when the scroll screen is in the second state , the visible display area of the scroll screen includes the first area and the second area; the method includes:
    所述电子设备在所述卷轴屏处于所述第一状态时,在所述第一区域中显示第一页面,所述第一页面包括第一链接或第一图标;When the scroll screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page in the first area, where the first page includes a first link or a first icon;
    所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一链接或第一图标的第七输入后,将所述卷轴屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态;After the electronic device receives a seventh input for the first link or the first icon, switch the scrolling screen from the first state to the second state;
    当所述卷轴屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第一页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一链接或第一图标对应的第二页面,或者,所述电子设备在所述第一区域显示所述第二页面并在所述第二区域显示所述第一页面。When the scroll screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page in the first area and displays the second page corresponding to the first link or the first icon in the second area. page, or the electronic device displays the second page in the first area and displays the first page in the second area.
  23. 一种显示方法,应用于包括折叠屏的电子设备,其特征在于,所述折叠屏可折叠为第一屏和第二屏,所述折叠屏处于第一状态时,所述折叠屏通过所述第一屏显示页面内容,所述折叠屏处于第二状态时,所述折叠屏通过所述第一屏和所述第二屏显示页面内容;所述方法包括:A display method applied to an electronic device including a folding screen, wherein the folding screen can be folded into a first screen and a second screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the folding screen passes through the The first screen displays the page content, and when the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays the page content through the first screen and the second screen; the method includes:
    所述电子设备在所述折叠屏处于所述第一状态时,在所述第一屏中显示第一页面和第一窗口,所述第一页面为第一应用的界面,所述第一窗口为第二应用的窗口;When the folding screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page and a first window on the first screen, the first page is an interface of a first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
    所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一窗口的第八输入后,接收到将所述折叠屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态的输入; After receiving the eighth input for the first window, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
    当所述折叠屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第一屏显示所述第一页面并在所述第二屏显示所述第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,所述电子设备在所述第一屏显示所述第二页面并在所述第二屏显示所述第一页面。When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the first screen and displays a second page corresponding to the first window on the second screen, or, The electronic device displays the second page on the first screen and displays the first page on the second screen.
  24. 一种显示方法,应用于包括折叠屏和第一屏的电子设备,其特征在于,所述折叠屏可折叠为第二屏和第三屏,所述折叠屏处于第一状态时,所述电子设备通过所述第一屏显示页面内容;所述折叠屏处于第二状态时,所述折叠屏通过所述第二屏和所述第三屏显示页面内容;所述方法包括:A display method applied to an electronic device including a folding screen and a first screen, wherein the folding screen can be folded into a second screen and a third screen, and when the folding screen is in the first state, the electronic The device displays page content through the first screen; when the folding screen is in the second state, the folding screen displays page content through the second screen and the third screen; the method includes:
    所述电子设备在所述折叠屏处于所述第一状态时,在所述第一屏中显示第一页面和第一窗口,所述第一页面为第一应用的界面,所述第一窗口为第二应用的窗口;When the folding screen is in the first state, the electronic device displays a first page and a first window on the first screen, the first page is an interface of a first application, and the first window is the window of the second application;
    所述电子设备接收到针对所述第一窗口的第九输入后,接收到将所述折叠屏从所述第一状态切换至所述第二状态的输入;After receiving the ninth input for the first window, the electronic device receives an input for switching the folding screen from the first state to the second state;
    当所述折叠屏处于所述第二状态时,所述电子设备在所述第二屏显示所述第一页面并在所述第三屏显示所述第一窗口对应的第二页面,或者,所述电子设备在所述第二屏显示所述第二页面并在所述第三屏显示所述第一页面。When the folding screen is in the second state, the electronic device displays the first page on the second screen and displays a second page corresponding to the first window on the third screen, or, The electronic device displays the second page on the second screen and displays the first page on the third screen.
  25. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:一个或多个处理器、卷轴屏、一个或多个存储器;其中,所述卷轴屏、一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当所述一个或多个处理器在执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-21或22中任一项所述的方法。An electronic device, characterized in that it includes: one or more processors, a scroll screen, and one or more memories; wherein the scroll screen, one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, The one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the following steps: - the method of any one of 21 or 22.
  26. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求1-21或22任一项中任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions, characterized in that, when the instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute the method described in any one of claims 1-21 or 22. method.
  27. 一种电子设备,其特征在于,包括:一个或多个处理器、折叠屏、一个或多个存储器;其中,所述折叠屏、一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当所述一个或多个处理器在执行所述计算机指令时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求23或24中任一项所述的方法。An electronic device, characterized by comprising: one or more processors, a folding screen, and one or more memories; wherein, the folding screen and the one or more memories are coupled to the one or more processors, The one or more memories are used to store computer program codes, the computer program codes include computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the electronic device performs the functions described in claim 23. Or the method described in any one of 24.
  28. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,其特征在于,当所述指令在电子设备上运行时,使得所述电子设备执行如权利要求23或24任一项中任一项所述的方法。 A computer-readable storage medium, comprising instructions, wherein, when the instructions are run on an electronic device, the electronic device is made to execute the method according to any one of claims 23 or 24.
PCT/CN2023/074261 2022-02-22 2023-02-02 Display method and related apparatus WO2023160349A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202210163674.8A CN116679893A (en) 2022-02-22 2022-02-22 Display method and related device
CN202210163674.8 2022-02-22

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023160349A1 true WO2023160349A1 (en) 2023-08-31

Family

ID=87764770

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/074261 WO2023160349A1 (en) 2022-02-22 2023-02-02 Display method and related apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN116679893A (en)
WO (1) WO2023160349A1 (en)

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016080559A1 (en) * 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Foldable display device capable of fixing screen by means of folding display and method for controlling the foldable display device
CN107809504A (en) * 2017-11-07 2018-03-16 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method, apparatus, terminal and the storage medium of display information
CN108762640A (en) * 2018-05-28 2018-11-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of display methods and terminal of barrage information
CN111414143A (en) * 2020-03-17 2020-07-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 Display control method, electronic device, and medium
CN111949345A (en) * 2019-05-14 2020-11-17 华为技术有限公司 Application display method and electronic equipment
WO2021213164A1 (en) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 华为技术有限公司 Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
CN114237439A (en) * 2021-11-01 2022-03-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Message display method and device, electronic equipment and medium

Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2016080559A1 (en) * 2014-11-17 2016-05-26 엘지전자 주식회사 Foldable display device capable of fixing screen by means of folding display and method for controlling the foldable display device
CN107809504A (en) * 2017-11-07 2018-03-16 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method, apparatus, terminal and the storage medium of display information
CN109710206A (en) * 2017-11-07 2019-05-03 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Show method, apparatus, terminal and the storage medium of information
CN108762640A (en) * 2018-05-28 2018-11-06 维沃移动通信有限公司 A kind of display methods and terminal of barrage information
CN111949345A (en) * 2019-05-14 2020-11-17 华为技术有限公司 Application display method and electronic equipment
CN111414143A (en) * 2020-03-17 2020-07-14 维沃移动通信有限公司 Display control method, electronic device, and medium
WO2021213164A1 (en) * 2020-04-24 2021-10-28 华为技术有限公司 Application interface interaction method, electronic device, and computer readable storage medium
CN113645351A (en) * 2020-04-24 2021-11-12 华为技术有限公司 Application interface interaction method, electronic device and computer-readable storage medium
CN114237439A (en) * 2021-11-01 2022-03-25 维沃移动通信有限公司 Message display method and device, electronic equipment and medium

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116679893A (en) 2023-09-01

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021027747A1 (en) Interface display method and device
WO2021103981A1 (en) Split-screen display processing method and apparatus, and electronic device
CN112714901B (en) Display control method of system navigation bar, graphical user interface and electronic equipment
CN110119296B (en) Method for switching parent page and child page and related device
WO2021169399A1 (en) Method for caching application interface, and electronic apparatus
CN111176506A (en) Screen display method and electronic equipment
CN110825301A (en) Interface switching method and electronic equipment
CN112114912A (en) User interface layout method and electronic equipment
WO2022057512A1 (en) Split-screen method and apparatus, and electronic device
WO2021190524A1 (en) Screenshot processing method, graphic user interface and terminal
CN113050851B (en) Method for controlling screen display and electronic equipment
CN114666427B (en) Image display method, electronic equipment and storage medium
WO2023116012A9 (en) Screen display method and electronic device
WO2022257889A1 (en) Display method and related apparatus
WO2023160349A1 (en) Display method and related apparatus
CN114911377A (en) Display method and electronic device
CN115460318B (en) Display method and related device
WO2023169542A1 (en) Display method and electronic device
CN116931774A (en) Display method and related device
WO2024027570A1 (en) Interface display method and related apparatus
WO2024007966A1 (en) Multi-window display method and device
WO2023185886A1 (en) Photographing method and electronic device
US20240295905A1 (en) Screen display method and electronic device
WO2023226975A1 (en) Display method and electronic device
CN118377401A (en) Window operation method and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23758974

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1